guia de início rápido do elemento fundamental de ... · de controle de motor simples ... lidos na...

32
Guia Rápido Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de Controle de Motor Simples CC-QS006A-PT-P, Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples

Upload: nguyenlien

Post on 02-Dec-2018

218 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Guia Raacutepido

Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de Controle de Motor Simples

CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples

Informaccedilotildees Importantes ao Usuaacuterio

Equipamentos de estado soacutelido tecircm caracteriacutesticas operacionais diferentes dos equipamentos eletromecacircnicos Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls (publicaccedilatildeo SGI-11 disponiacutevel no escritoacuterio de vendas local da Rockwell Automation ou on-line em httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom) descreve algumas diferenccedilas importantes entre equipamentos de estado soacutelido e equipamentos eletromecacircnicos com fiaccedilatildeo permanente Devido a essa diferenccedila e agrave grande variedade de usos dos equipamentos de estado soacutelido todas as pessoas responsaacuteveis pela aplicaccedilatildeo destes equipamentos devem certificar-se de que cada aplicaccedilatildeo desejada deste equipamento seja aceitaacutevel

Em nenhum evento a Rockwell Automation Inc seraacute responsaacutevel ou propensa por danos indiretos ou consequentes do uso ou aplicaccedilatildeo deste equipamento

Os exemplos e diagramas neste manual servem apenas para fins ilustrativos Devido agraves muitas variaacuteveis e especificaccedilotildees associadas a qualquer instalaccedilatildeo particular a Rockwell Automation Inc natildeo pode aceitar responsabilidade ou obrigaccedilotildees pelo uso real baseado nos exemplos e diagramas

Nenhuma responsabilidade de patente eacute assumida pela Rockwell Automation Inc com respeito ao uso da informaccedilatildeo circuitos equipamentos ou software descritos neste manual

Eacute proibida a reproduccedilatildeo total ou parcial do conteuacutedo deste manual sem permissatildeo por escrito da Rockwell Automation Inc

Ao longo deste manual quando necessaacuterio usamos notas para informar a vocecirc as consideraccedilotildees de seguranccedila

Allen-Bradley MicroLogix PanelView PanelView Component PowerFlex SMC SMC-3 TechConnect e Rockwell Automation satildeo marcas comerciais da Rockwell Automation Inc

As marcas comerciais natildeo pertencentes agrave Rockwell Automation satildeo da propriedade das respectivas empresas

ADVERTEcircNCIAIdentifica as informaccedilotildees sobre praacuteticas e circunstacircncias que possam causar explosotildees em ambiente classificado que podem resultar em ferimentos pessoais ou morte danos agrave propriedade ou perda econocircmica

IMPORTANTE Identifica as informaccedilotildees essenciais para aplicaccedilatildeo e compreensatildeo bem-sucedidas do produto

ATENCcedilAtildeO Identifica as informaccedilotildees sobre praacuteticas ou circunstacircncias que podem resultar em ferimentos pessoais ou morte danos agrave propriedade ou perda econocircmica Os avisos de atenccedilatildeo ajudam vocecirc a identificar um risco a evitar um risco e a reconhecer as consequecircncias

PERIGO DE CHOQUE Pode haver etiquetas sobre o equipamento por exemplo um inversor ou motor ou dentro deles para alertar as pessoas de que pode haver tensatildeo perigosa

PERIGO DE QUEIMADURA Pode haver etiquetas sobre o equipamento por exemplo um inversor ou motor ou dentro deles para alertar as pessoas que as superfiacutecies podem atingir temperaturas perigosas

Onde comeccedilar

Siga o caminho abaixo para ligar controlar e monitorar motores de forma simples

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Elementos fundamentais dos

componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001

3Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 3

Onde comeccedilar

Observaccedilotildees

4 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Sumaacuterio

PrefaacutecioIntroduccedilatildeo 7Convenccedilotildees Utilizadas Neste Manual 8Recursos adicionais 9

Capiacutetulo 1Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Introduccedilatildeo 11Antes de comeccedilar 11O que eacute necessaacuterio 12Siga estas etapas 12Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M 13Ajuste o controlador SMC-3 16Recursos adicionais 18

Capiacutetulo 2Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Introduccedilatildeo 19Antes de comeccedilar 19O que eacute necessaacuterio 20Siga estas etapas 20Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador 21Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com

o Controlador MicroLogix 22Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview 24

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting 25Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting 25Compreendendo as Falhas 28Teste o Controlador SMC-3 29Testando outros Inversores e Partidas 30

Recursos adicionais 30Suporte da Rockwell Automation 32

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 5

Sumaacuterio

Observaccedilotildees

6 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Prefaacutecio

Introduccedilatildeo Este guia de iniacutecio raacutepido foi desenvolvido para oferecer uma maneira de implementar um componente conectado para controle de motor simples Utilizando informaccedilotildees discretas (sinais ligado-desligado simples de contatos) de um inversor PowerFlex 4M partida SMC-3 partida 103T ou partida 190E este elemento fundamental mostra um exemplo da extraccedilatildeo de informaccedilotildees baacutesicas importantes sobre o status de um motor e exibiccedilatildeo das mesmas em um terminal PanelView Component (PVc) Qualquer um desses inversores ou partidas podem ser usados O inversor PowerFlex 4M eacute utilizado neste elemento fundamental mas o procedimento eacute bem parecido para os inversores PowerFlex 4 40 40P e 400

Para auxiliar no projeto e na instalaccedilatildeo de seu sistema os arquivos de aplicaccedilatildeo e outras informaccedilotildees satildeo fornecidas no CD Connected Component Building Blocks Overview publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001 O CD fornece as listas de materiais (BOM) os diagramas CAD para fiaccedilatildeo e layout de painel programas de controle telas de interface de operaccedilatildeo e programaccedilatildeo (IHM) e mais Com essas ferramentas e o projeto incorporado das melhores praacuteticas o projetista do sistema fica livre para concentrar-se no projeto de seu controle de maacutequina e natildeo nas tarefas de supervisatildeo de projeto

No iniacutecio de cada capiacutetulo estatildeo apresentadas as informaccedilotildees abaixo Leia essas seccedilotildees com atenccedilatildeo antes de comeccedilar a trabalhar em cada capiacutetulo

bull Antes de comeccedilar - Esta seccedilatildeo lista as etapas que devem ser concluiacutedas e as decisotildees que devem ser tomadas antes de comeccedilar esse capiacutetulo Os capiacutetulos nesse guia de iniacutecio raacutepido natildeo devem necessariamente ser lidos na ordem apresentada mas esta seccedilatildeo define a preparaccedilatildeo miacutenima necessaacuteria antes de concluir o capiacutetulo atual

bull O que eacute necessaacuterio - Esta seccedilatildeo relaciona as ferramentas necessaacuterias para seguir as etapas do capiacutetulo atual Isso inclui mas natildeo estaacute limitado a hardware e software

bull Siga estas etapas - Isso ilustra as etapas no capiacutetulo atual e identifica as etapas necessaacuterias para concluir os exemplos

IMPORTANTE Use este Guia Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados junto com o Guia Raacutepido dos Elementos Fundamentais de Componentes Conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001

Consulte Recursos adicionais na paacutegina 9 para obter uma lista de documentos de Iniacutecio Raacutepido

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 7

Convenccedilotildees Utilizadas Neste Manual

Este manual utiliza as seguintes convenccedilotildees

Convenccedilatildeo Significado Exemplo

Clicar Clique uma vez com o botatildeo esquerdo do mouse Clique em Edit

Digitar Aquilo que vocecirc digita no teclado Digite o endereccedilo de IP

Clicar com o botatildeo direito do mouse

Clique com o botatildeo direito do mouse uma vez enquanto o cursor estaacute posicionado sobre o objeto ou a seleccedilatildeo

Clique com o botatildeo direito do mouse no iacutecone do barramento 1768

Selecionar Use o mouse para destacar determinada opccedilatildeo Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo

Pressionar Pressionar uma tecla especiacutefica no teclado ou no teclado do PowerFlex 4M Pressione Enter

Tocar Tocar em um botatildeo especiacutefico no terminal PanelView Component (PVc) Toque no botatildeo Start

8 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Recursos adicionais

Recurso Descriccedilatildeo

Guia Raacutepido dos Elementos Fundamentais dos Componentes Conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como selecionar produtos e obter acesso a informaccedilotildees do painel e da fiaccedilatildeo

CD Connected Component Building Blocks Overview publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

Fornece os arquivos para os elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados

Coacuted cat 150 SMC-3 (1-37A)SMC-Delta (1-32A) Moacutedulos de Conexatildeo de Partida Suave 41053-173-01 (1)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre os moacutedulos de conexatildeo com o SMC-3

Cod cat 150 SMC-3 Partida Suave (3-37A) 41053-167-01 (5)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilotildees do SMC-3

Cod cat 193 E1 Plus Releacute de Sobrecarga 41053-358-01 (3)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilotildees da sobrecarga

Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do MotorProtetores de Circuito de Motor 21-301-951-01

Fornece instruccedilotildees de instalaccedilatildeo para o MPCB e o MCP

Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados de controle de posicionamento publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS003

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros do inversor PowerFlex 40P com o programa RSLogix 500 preacute-configurado que controla seu sistema de base incluindo dicas de aplicaccedilatildeo bem como sobre a implementaccedilatildeo da funcionalidade de restauraccedilatildeo e backup dos paracircmetros do inversor

MicroLogix 1100 Programmable Controllers User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 1763-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o controlador programaacutevel MicroLogix 1100

MicroLogix 1400 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 1766-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o controlador programaacutevel MicroLogix 1400

PanelView Component Quick Start Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-QS001A

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como utilizar o PanelView component

PanelView Component Operator Terminals User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o terminais IHM do PanelView Component

Manual do usuaacuterio do PowerFlex 4M publicaccedilatildeo 22F-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 4M incluindo fiaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo de paracircmetros

PowerFlex 4 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22A-UM001 Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 4 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

PowerFlex 40 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22B-UM001 Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 40 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

PowerFlex 40P User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22D-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 40P incluindo fiaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo de paracircmetros

PowerFlex 400 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22C-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 400 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

httpwwwabcomdrivesdriveexplorer Fornece acesso ao software DriveExplorerLite

httpwwwabcom Fornece acesso ao website Allen-Bradley

httprockwellautomationcomknowledgebase Daacute acesso ao auto-atendimento de suporte

httpwwwrockwellautomationcomcomponentsconnected

Fornece acesso ao website dos Componentes Conectados

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 9

Observaccedilotildees

10 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 1

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Introduccedilatildeo

Este capiacutetulo conteacutem instruccedilotildees para a configuraccedilatildeo do inversor PowerFlex 4M e do Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3

Vocecirc iraacute configurar dois paracircmetros no inversor PowerFlex 4M Esses satildeo os paracircmetros baacutesicos que precisam ser alterados em relaccedilatildeo aos valores ajustados de faacutebrica para que seja estabelecida realimentaccedilatildeo adequada aos controladores MicroLogix Para a aplicaccedilatildeo de sua maacutequina poderaacute ser necessaacuterio ajustar tambeacutem outros paracircmetros do inversor Consulte a documentaccedilatildeo de seu inversor para obter informaccedilotildees sobre outros paracircmetros de inversor

Vocecirc tambeacutem iraacute definir as minisseletoras no Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 necessaacuterias para enviar realimentaccedilatildeo discreta adequada ao controlador MicroLogix

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se seguiu todas as recomendaccedilotildees de projeto e instalaccedilatildeo de hardware e a instalaccedilatildeo do software

bull Ligue o inversor

11Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 11

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidasndash Inversor PowerFlex Classe 4 (O inversor PowerFlex 4M eacute utilizado neste documento)

bull No caso dos inversores PowerFlex 4M 4 40 e 400 existe um teclado e uma tela incorporados para ediccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

bull No caso do inversor PowerFlex 40P para editar os paracircmetros vocecirc precisa de

- uma interface portaacutetil coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 22-HIM-A3ou

- software DriveExplorer instalado no microcomputador e uma interface USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1203-USB

ndash Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBRndash Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TEndash Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser encomendadas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute encomendar a partida inteira Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

Siga estas etapas

Siga esses passos para configurar os paracircmetros nos inversores e definir as minisseletoras no Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3

Iniacutecio

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M paacutegina 13

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3 paacutegina 16

12 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M

Os paracircmetros-padratildeo de faacutebrica permitem que o inversor seja controlado a partir do teclado integral Natildeo eacute necessaacuteria programaccedilatildeo para ligar desligar mudar a direccedilatildeo e controlar a velocidade diretamente a partir do teclado integral

Contudo para esse elemento fundamental vocecirc iraacute definir o paracircmetro P106 [Start Source] em controle de 2 fios No exemplo para esse elemento fundamental o inversor PF 4M eacute utilizado em um modo natildeo-reversor de Controle SRC de dois fios (sourcing interno) SRC eacute o padratildeo para um inversor novo Se o seu inversor tiver sido utilizado anteriormente certifique-se de que a chave SNKSRC (sinksource) abaixo da cobertura frontal do inversor PF 4M estaacute definida em SRC Consulte o manual do usuaacuterio do inversor PF 4M para as necessidades especiacuteficas natildeo exibidas neste exemplo

Aleacutem disso vocecirc iraacute mudar o paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Sel] para exibir ldquoMotorRunningrdquo uma vez que esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor Consulte Testando outros Inversores e Partidas paacutegina 30 para obter detalhes

Siga esse procedimento para alterar os paracircmetros P106 [Start Source] e t221 [Relay Out Sel] utilizando o teclado PowerFlex 4M explicado abaixo

Teclado do PowerFlex 4M

Tecla Nome da tecla Descriccedilatildeo

Escapebull Volta uma etapa no modo de Programa

bull Cancela uma alteraccedilatildeo no valor do paracircmetro e sai do modo de Programa

Selecionarbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Seleciona um diacutegito ao exibir um valor de um paracircmetro

Seta acimabull Percorre os grupos e paracircmetros

bull Aumenta ou diminui o valor do diacutegito que pisca

Seta abaixo

Enterbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Salva uma alteraccedilatildeo de um valor de paracircmetro

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 13

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

1 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

2 Pressione Sel ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda pisque

3 Pressione a seta abaixo ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda exibido seja um ldquoPrdquo piscando

4 Pressione Enter

O ldquoPrdquo natildeo pisca mais e a tecla numeacuterica mais agrave direita pisca

Por padratildeo o primeiro paracircmetro ldquoPrdquo P101 eacute exibido Pressionar a seta acima aumenta o valor dos paracircmetros ldquoPrdquo e pressionar a seta abaixo diminui o valor dos mesmos

5 Pressione a seta acima cinco vezes ateacute exibir P106

O valor atual do paracircmetro P106 eacute exibido nesse caso ldquo0rdquo

6 Pressione Enter

O ldquo0rdquo pisca

7 Pressione a seta acima duas vezes para ajustar o valor para ldquo2rdquo

8 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito

O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

9 Pressione Esc

P106 deve ser exibido com o ldquo6rdquo piscando

10 Pressione Esc ateacute que o ldquoPrdquo esteja piscando no caractere alfanumeacuterico mais agrave esquerda

11 Pressione a seta acima ou abaixo para rolar pelo menu de grupo ateacute ldquotrdquo

12 Pressione Enter

O ldquo1rdquo pisca

Desligue o inversor antes de alterar o paracircmetro P106

14 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

13 Pressione e segure a seta acima ateacute alcanccedilar ldquo221rdquo

Se vocecirc passar do valor pressione a seta abaixo ateacute retornar a ldquo221rdquo

14 Pressione Enter duas vezes de forma que ldquo0rdquo pisque

15 Pressione a seta acima para mover para o valor ldquo2rdquo

16 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

17 Pressione Esc

Agora o paracircmetro t221 deve ser exibido com o ldquo1rdquo piscando

18 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

19 Desligue o inversor ateacute o visor apagar e ligue-o novamente

Agora o inversor estaacute configurado para ser controlado por bototildees pulsadores e comandos de comunicaccedilatildeo iniciados a partir do controlador MicroLogix

Como em todos os elementos fundamentais esses satildeo exemplos da obtenccedilatildeo de informaccedilatildeo de um produto de forma discreta Vocecirc pode alterar o paracircmetro t221 ou outras configuraccedilotildees das partidas e inversores para se adequarem agrave sua aplicaccedilatildeo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 15

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3

O Controlador Inteligente de Motor SMC-3 deve ser ajustado para o contator de isolaccedilatildeo e para as configuraccedilotildees adequadas para o motor Abaixo estatildeo as configuraccedilotildees de minisseletora utilizadas pelo controlador SMC-3 e os passos para alteraacute-los

DICA O 140M MPCB especificado na lista de materiais para este componente fundamental possui uma classe de desarme de 10 Contudo se vocecirc desejar utilizar as configuraccedilotildees da classe de desarme de sobrecarga no controlador SMC-3 vocecirc pode trocar o 140M MPCB pelo 140M MCP

16 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

1 Ajuste as configuraccedilotildees da minisseletora conforme as necessidades de partida de seu motor utilizando o graacutefico abaixo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 17

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

2 Certifique-se de que a minisseletora 14 estaacute configurada como Normal (desligado)

Isso iraacute introduzir o contator de isolaccedilatildeo quando o SMC-3 tiver recebido o sinal de entrada A minisseletora 14 tambeacutem iraacute fechar o contato aux NA instalado lateralmente quando a partida atingir a velocidade O fechamento desse contato aux enviaraacute o sinal de volta ao controlador MicroLogix

3 Se mudar para um MCP ajuste as minisseletoras 11 e 12 para a classe de desarme de sobrecarga adequada

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

IMPORTANTE A partida 103T utiliza um MCP (Protetor de Circuito de Motor) 140M o qual utiliza uma sobrecarga separada E1 Plus que deve ser ajustada conforme as necessidades de seu sistema

A partida 190E a partida SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M tecircm de ter o mostrador de sobrecarga definido nos MPCB (Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do Motor) 140M

18 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 2

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Introduccedilatildeo

Neste capiacutetulo vocecirc verifica se a comunicaccedilatildeo entre o controlador MicroLogix e as partidas discretas individuais e entre o controlador MicroLogix e o terminal PanelView Component (PVc) estaacute ocorrendo como planejado Para ligar e desligar utilizando o terminal PVc eacute necessaacuterio que a chave HOA externa esteja na posiccedilatildeo Auto No modo Manual o terminal PVc ainda pode ler o status das partidas e inversores mas natildeo possui capacidades ligadesliga

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se realizou todos os passos do Capiacutetulo 3 do documento

bull Verifique se concluiu todas as etapas do Capiacutetulo 1 deste documento

bull Verifique se todos os dispositivos estatildeo conectados conforme o esquema eleacutetrico em CAD de Controle de Motor Simples no Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Verifique se o controlador MicroLogix o inversor PowerFlex e o terminal PVc estatildeo sendo alimentados

19Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 19

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Microcomputador com navegador Internet Explorer 7 ou Firefox

bull Terminal PanelView Component

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidas

bull Inversor PowerFlex 4M

bull Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBR

bull Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TE

bull Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser pedidas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute pedir a partidas inteiras Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

bull Controlador MicroLogix 1100 ou 1400

bull Cabo serial coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1761-CBL-PM02

bull Cabo USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 2711C-CBL-UU02 ou similar

Siga estas etapas

Siga essas etapas para verificar se haacute comunicaccedilatildeo entre seus dispositivos e para testar o sistema

Iniacutecio

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador paacutegina 21

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador

MicroLogix paacutegina 22

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

paacutegina 25

20 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador

O ambiente tempo de projeto PanelView Explorer eacute acessado por meio de um navegador de web conectando seu computador ao terminal PVc por meio de uma conexatildeo USB Antes de conectar seu computador agrave porta USB do terminal PVc vocecirc deve instalar o driver do Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS em um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista Apoacutes instalar o driver vocecirc pode conectar o terminal PVc ao seu computador Para obter detalhes sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do driver consulte PanelView Component Terminal User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Conexotildees USB do Terminal PVc

Todos os terminais do PanelView Component suportam uma conexatildeo por porta USB e requerem um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista bem como o driver de Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS instalado O driver natildeo pode ser instalado em um computador com sistema operacional Windows 2000

1 Conecte uma das extremidades de um cabo USB agrave porta de dispositivo mini-USB em seu terminal PVc

2 Conecte a outra extremidade do cabo USB a uma porta USB em seu microcomputador

3 Energize o terminal PVc e o microcomputador

Janela de Partida do PanelView Explorer

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 21

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador MicroLogix

O terminal PanelView Component (PVc) com tela touchscreen monocromaacutetica de 3 polegadas comunica-se com o controlador MicroLogix pela rede DF1 A aplicaccedilatildeo PVc lecirc e grava na tabela de dados do controlador MicroLogix Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo PVc grava no controlador MicroLogix o programa do controlador detecta a alteraccedilatildeo de valor e grava esse novo valor no inversor partida suave ou partida discreta apropriados

1 Conecte o microcomputador ao terminal PVc usando um cabo USB

2 Conecte o terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix usando o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02

3 Inicie o Internet Explorer 7 ou o Firefox 20

4 Na barra de endereccedilos de seu navegador digite o endereccedilo de IP 1692542542 (Esse eacute um endereccedilo de IP fixo utilizado pela porta USB)

5 Pressione Enter para conectar seu microcomputador ao terminal PVc

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02

Porta USB

Porta USB

Controlador MicroLogix

1761-CBL-PM02

22 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

6 Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo na caixa de diaacutelogo do painel do PVc e clique em Edit

7 Na caixa de diaacutelogo Edit clique na guia Communication

A caixa de diaacutelogo a seguir eacute exibida

8 Clique sobre Serial em Protocol e selecione DF1 na lista suspensa

9 Em PanelView Component Settings certifique-se de que o Station Address seja 2

Botatildeo Validate

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 23

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

10 Em Controller Settings

a Aceite o nome-padratildeo ldquoPLC-1rdquob Selecione MicroLogix no campo Controller Typec No campo Address insira 1

11 Clique em Validate

12 Clique em Salvar

13 Clique em Switch to PanelView Explorer Startup

14 Na janela Application Dashboard selecione a aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting Building Block

15 Clique em Run para executar a aplicaccedilatildeo

Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview

Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo do PVc estaacute sendo executada todos os inversores ou partidas habilitados satildeo exibidos na tela Starters Overview como ldquo140M Onrdquo ldquoRunningrdquo ou ldquoFaultrdquo Para facilitar a utilizaccedilatildeo desse programa pelo OEM o cabeccedilalho referente agrave partida permanece geneacuterico com referecircncia agrave habilidade de alterar partidas sem a necessidade de alterar a primeira paacutegina do PVc Para alterar os bototildees em si consulte o manual de usuaacuterio dos Terminais IHM do PanelView Component

bull ldquoM1rdquo eacute designado para o controlador SMC-3

bull ldquoM2rdquo eacute designado para a partida 103T

bull ldquoM3rdquo eacute designado para o inversor PF 4M

bull ldquoM4rdquo eacute designado para a partida 190E

24 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE ltFEFF0041006e007600e4006e00640020006400650020006800e4007200200069006e0073007400e4006c006c006e0069006e006700610072006e00610020006e00e40072002000640075002000760069006c006c00200073006b0061007000610020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400200073006f006d00200070006100730073006100720020006600f600720020007000e5006c00690074006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f006300680020007500740073006b0072006900660074002000610076002000610066006600e4007200730064006f006b0075006d0065006e0074002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020006b0061006e002000f600700070006e006100730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f00630068002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006c006c00650072002000730065006e006100720065002egt ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 2: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Informaccedilotildees Importantes ao Usuaacuterio

Equipamentos de estado soacutelido tecircm caracteriacutesticas operacionais diferentes dos equipamentos eletromecacircnicos Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls (publicaccedilatildeo SGI-11 disponiacutevel no escritoacuterio de vendas local da Rockwell Automation ou on-line em httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom) descreve algumas diferenccedilas importantes entre equipamentos de estado soacutelido e equipamentos eletromecacircnicos com fiaccedilatildeo permanente Devido a essa diferenccedila e agrave grande variedade de usos dos equipamentos de estado soacutelido todas as pessoas responsaacuteveis pela aplicaccedilatildeo destes equipamentos devem certificar-se de que cada aplicaccedilatildeo desejada deste equipamento seja aceitaacutevel

Em nenhum evento a Rockwell Automation Inc seraacute responsaacutevel ou propensa por danos indiretos ou consequentes do uso ou aplicaccedilatildeo deste equipamento

Os exemplos e diagramas neste manual servem apenas para fins ilustrativos Devido agraves muitas variaacuteveis e especificaccedilotildees associadas a qualquer instalaccedilatildeo particular a Rockwell Automation Inc natildeo pode aceitar responsabilidade ou obrigaccedilotildees pelo uso real baseado nos exemplos e diagramas

Nenhuma responsabilidade de patente eacute assumida pela Rockwell Automation Inc com respeito ao uso da informaccedilatildeo circuitos equipamentos ou software descritos neste manual

Eacute proibida a reproduccedilatildeo total ou parcial do conteuacutedo deste manual sem permissatildeo por escrito da Rockwell Automation Inc

Ao longo deste manual quando necessaacuterio usamos notas para informar a vocecirc as consideraccedilotildees de seguranccedila

Allen-Bradley MicroLogix PanelView PanelView Component PowerFlex SMC SMC-3 TechConnect e Rockwell Automation satildeo marcas comerciais da Rockwell Automation Inc

As marcas comerciais natildeo pertencentes agrave Rockwell Automation satildeo da propriedade das respectivas empresas

ADVERTEcircNCIAIdentifica as informaccedilotildees sobre praacuteticas e circunstacircncias que possam causar explosotildees em ambiente classificado que podem resultar em ferimentos pessoais ou morte danos agrave propriedade ou perda econocircmica

IMPORTANTE Identifica as informaccedilotildees essenciais para aplicaccedilatildeo e compreensatildeo bem-sucedidas do produto

ATENCcedilAtildeO Identifica as informaccedilotildees sobre praacuteticas ou circunstacircncias que podem resultar em ferimentos pessoais ou morte danos agrave propriedade ou perda econocircmica Os avisos de atenccedilatildeo ajudam vocecirc a identificar um risco a evitar um risco e a reconhecer as consequecircncias

PERIGO DE CHOQUE Pode haver etiquetas sobre o equipamento por exemplo um inversor ou motor ou dentro deles para alertar as pessoas de que pode haver tensatildeo perigosa

PERIGO DE QUEIMADURA Pode haver etiquetas sobre o equipamento por exemplo um inversor ou motor ou dentro deles para alertar as pessoas que as superfiacutecies podem atingir temperaturas perigosas

Onde comeccedilar

Siga o caminho abaixo para ligar controlar e monitorar motores de forma simples

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Elementos fundamentais dos

componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001

3Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 3

Onde comeccedilar

Observaccedilotildees

4 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Sumaacuterio

PrefaacutecioIntroduccedilatildeo 7Convenccedilotildees Utilizadas Neste Manual 8Recursos adicionais 9

Capiacutetulo 1Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Introduccedilatildeo 11Antes de comeccedilar 11O que eacute necessaacuterio 12Siga estas etapas 12Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M 13Ajuste o controlador SMC-3 16Recursos adicionais 18

Capiacutetulo 2Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Introduccedilatildeo 19Antes de comeccedilar 19O que eacute necessaacuterio 20Siga estas etapas 20Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador 21Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com

o Controlador MicroLogix 22Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview 24

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting 25Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting 25Compreendendo as Falhas 28Teste o Controlador SMC-3 29Testando outros Inversores e Partidas 30

Recursos adicionais 30Suporte da Rockwell Automation 32

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 5

Sumaacuterio

Observaccedilotildees

6 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Prefaacutecio

Introduccedilatildeo Este guia de iniacutecio raacutepido foi desenvolvido para oferecer uma maneira de implementar um componente conectado para controle de motor simples Utilizando informaccedilotildees discretas (sinais ligado-desligado simples de contatos) de um inversor PowerFlex 4M partida SMC-3 partida 103T ou partida 190E este elemento fundamental mostra um exemplo da extraccedilatildeo de informaccedilotildees baacutesicas importantes sobre o status de um motor e exibiccedilatildeo das mesmas em um terminal PanelView Component (PVc) Qualquer um desses inversores ou partidas podem ser usados O inversor PowerFlex 4M eacute utilizado neste elemento fundamental mas o procedimento eacute bem parecido para os inversores PowerFlex 4 40 40P e 400

Para auxiliar no projeto e na instalaccedilatildeo de seu sistema os arquivos de aplicaccedilatildeo e outras informaccedilotildees satildeo fornecidas no CD Connected Component Building Blocks Overview publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001 O CD fornece as listas de materiais (BOM) os diagramas CAD para fiaccedilatildeo e layout de painel programas de controle telas de interface de operaccedilatildeo e programaccedilatildeo (IHM) e mais Com essas ferramentas e o projeto incorporado das melhores praacuteticas o projetista do sistema fica livre para concentrar-se no projeto de seu controle de maacutequina e natildeo nas tarefas de supervisatildeo de projeto

No iniacutecio de cada capiacutetulo estatildeo apresentadas as informaccedilotildees abaixo Leia essas seccedilotildees com atenccedilatildeo antes de comeccedilar a trabalhar em cada capiacutetulo

bull Antes de comeccedilar - Esta seccedilatildeo lista as etapas que devem ser concluiacutedas e as decisotildees que devem ser tomadas antes de comeccedilar esse capiacutetulo Os capiacutetulos nesse guia de iniacutecio raacutepido natildeo devem necessariamente ser lidos na ordem apresentada mas esta seccedilatildeo define a preparaccedilatildeo miacutenima necessaacuteria antes de concluir o capiacutetulo atual

bull O que eacute necessaacuterio - Esta seccedilatildeo relaciona as ferramentas necessaacuterias para seguir as etapas do capiacutetulo atual Isso inclui mas natildeo estaacute limitado a hardware e software

bull Siga estas etapas - Isso ilustra as etapas no capiacutetulo atual e identifica as etapas necessaacuterias para concluir os exemplos

IMPORTANTE Use este Guia Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados junto com o Guia Raacutepido dos Elementos Fundamentais de Componentes Conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001

Consulte Recursos adicionais na paacutegina 9 para obter uma lista de documentos de Iniacutecio Raacutepido

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 7

Convenccedilotildees Utilizadas Neste Manual

Este manual utiliza as seguintes convenccedilotildees

Convenccedilatildeo Significado Exemplo

Clicar Clique uma vez com o botatildeo esquerdo do mouse Clique em Edit

Digitar Aquilo que vocecirc digita no teclado Digite o endereccedilo de IP

Clicar com o botatildeo direito do mouse

Clique com o botatildeo direito do mouse uma vez enquanto o cursor estaacute posicionado sobre o objeto ou a seleccedilatildeo

Clique com o botatildeo direito do mouse no iacutecone do barramento 1768

Selecionar Use o mouse para destacar determinada opccedilatildeo Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo

Pressionar Pressionar uma tecla especiacutefica no teclado ou no teclado do PowerFlex 4M Pressione Enter

Tocar Tocar em um botatildeo especiacutefico no terminal PanelView Component (PVc) Toque no botatildeo Start

8 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Recursos adicionais

Recurso Descriccedilatildeo

Guia Raacutepido dos Elementos Fundamentais dos Componentes Conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como selecionar produtos e obter acesso a informaccedilotildees do painel e da fiaccedilatildeo

CD Connected Component Building Blocks Overview publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

Fornece os arquivos para os elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados

Coacuted cat 150 SMC-3 (1-37A)SMC-Delta (1-32A) Moacutedulos de Conexatildeo de Partida Suave 41053-173-01 (1)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre os moacutedulos de conexatildeo com o SMC-3

Cod cat 150 SMC-3 Partida Suave (3-37A) 41053-167-01 (5)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilotildees do SMC-3

Cod cat 193 E1 Plus Releacute de Sobrecarga 41053-358-01 (3)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilotildees da sobrecarga

Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do MotorProtetores de Circuito de Motor 21-301-951-01

Fornece instruccedilotildees de instalaccedilatildeo para o MPCB e o MCP

Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados de controle de posicionamento publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS003

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros do inversor PowerFlex 40P com o programa RSLogix 500 preacute-configurado que controla seu sistema de base incluindo dicas de aplicaccedilatildeo bem como sobre a implementaccedilatildeo da funcionalidade de restauraccedilatildeo e backup dos paracircmetros do inversor

MicroLogix 1100 Programmable Controllers User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 1763-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o controlador programaacutevel MicroLogix 1100

MicroLogix 1400 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 1766-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o controlador programaacutevel MicroLogix 1400

PanelView Component Quick Start Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-QS001A

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como utilizar o PanelView component

PanelView Component Operator Terminals User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o terminais IHM do PanelView Component

Manual do usuaacuterio do PowerFlex 4M publicaccedilatildeo 22F-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 4M incluindo fiaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo de paracircmetros

PowerFlex 4 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22A-UM001 Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 4 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

PowerFlex 40 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22B-UM001 Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 40 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

PowerFlex 40P User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22D-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 40P incluindo fiaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo de paracircmetros

PowerFlex 400 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22C-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 400 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

httpwwwabcomdrivesdriveexplorer Fornece acesso ao software DriveExplorerLite

httpwwwabcom Fornece acesso ao website Allen-Bradley

httprockwellautomationcomknowledgebase Daacute acesso ao auto-atendimento de suporte

httpwwwrockwellautomationcomcomponentsconnected

Fornece acesso ao website dos Componentes Conectados

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 9

Observaccedilotildees

10 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 1

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Introduccedilatildeo

Este capiacutetulo conteacutem instruccedilotildees para a configuraccedilatildeo do inversor PowerFlex 4M e do Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3

Vocecirc iraacute configurar dois paracircmetros no inversor PowerFlex 4M Esses satildeo os paracircmetros baacutesicos que precisam ser alterados em relaccedilatildeo aos valores ajustados de faacutebrica para que seja estabelecida realimentaccedilatildeo adequada aos controladores MicroLogix Para a aplicaccedilatildeo de sua maacutequina poderaacute ser necessaacuterio ajustar tambeacutem outros paracircmetros do inversor Consulte a documentaccedilatildeo de seu inversor para obter informaccedilotildees sobre outros paracircmetros de inversor

Vocecirc tambeacutem iraacute definir as minisseletoras no Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 necessaacuterias para enviar realimentaccedilatildeo discreta adequada ao controlador MicroLogix

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se seguiu todas as recomendaccedilotildees de projeto e instalaccedilatildeo de hardware e a instalaccedilatildeo do software

bull Ligue o inversor

11Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 11

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidasndash Inversor PowerFlex Classe 4 (O inversor PowerFlex 4M eacute utilizado neste documento)

bull No caso dos inversores PowerFlex 4M 4 40 e 400 existe um teclado e uma tela incorporados para ediccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

bull No caso do inversor PowerFlex 40P para editar os paracircmetros vocecirc precisa de

- uma interface portaacutetil coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 22-HIM-A3ou

- software DriveExplorer instalado no microcomputador e uma interface USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1203-USB

ndash Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBRndash Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TEndash Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser encomendadas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute encomendar a partida inteira Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

Siga estas etapas

Siga esses passos para configurar os paracircmetros nos inversores e definir as minisseletoras no Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3

Iniacutecio

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M paacutegina 13

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3 paacutegina 16

12 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M

Os paracircmetros-padratildeo de faacutebrica permitem que o inversor seja controlado a partir do teclado integral Natildeo eacute necessaacuteria programaccedilatildeo para ligar desligar mudar a direccedilatildeo e controlar a velocidade diretamente a partir do teclado integral

Contudo para esse elemento fundamental vocecirc iraacute definir o paracircmetro P106 [Start Source] em controle de 2 fios No exemplo para esse elemento fundamental o inversor PF 4M eacute utilizado em um modo natildeo-reversor de Controle SRC de dois fios (sourcing interno) SRC eacute o padratildeo para um inversor novo Se o seu inversor tiver sido utilizado anteriormente certifique-se de que a chave SNKSRC (sinksource) abaixo da cobertura frontal do inversor PF 4M estaacute definida em SRC Consulte o manual do usuaacuterio do inversor PF 4M para as necessidades especiacuteficas natildeo exibidas neste exemplo

Aleacutem disso vocecirc iraacute mudar o paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Sel] para exibir ldquoMotorRunningrdquo uma vez que esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor Consulte Testando outros Inversores e Partidas paacutegina 30 para obter detalhes

Siga esse procedimento para alterar os paracircmetros P106 [Start Source] e t221 [Relay Out Sel] utilizando o teclado PowerFlex 4M explicado abaixo

Teclado do PowerFlex 4M

Tecla Nome da tecla Descriccedilatildeo

Escapebull Volta uma etapa no modo de Programa

bull Cancela uma alteraccedilatildeo no valor do paracircmetro e sai do modo de Programa

Selecionarbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Seleciona um diacutegito ao exibir um valor de um paracircmetro

Seta acimabull Percorre os grupos e paracircmetros

bull Aumenta ou diminui o valor do diacutegito que pisca

Seta abaixo

Enterbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Salva uma alteraccedilatildeo de um valor de paracircmetro

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 13

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

1 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

2 Pressione Sel ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda pisque

3 Pressione a seta abaixo ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda exibido seja um ldquoPrdquo piscando

4 Pressione Enter

O ldquoPrdquo natildeo pisca mais e a tecla numeacuterica mais agrave direita pisca

Por padratildeo o primeiro paracircmetro ldquoPrdquo P101 eacute exibido Pressionar a seta acima aumenta o valor dos paracircmetros ldquoPrdquo e pressionar a seta abaixo diminui o valor dos mesmos

5 Pressione a seta acima cinco vezes ateacute exibir P106

O valor atual do paracircmetro P106 eacute exibido nesse caso ldquo0rdquo

6 Pressione Enter

O ldquo0rdquo pisca

7 Pressione a seta acima duas vezes para ajustar o valor para ldquo2rdquo

8 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito

O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

9 Pressione Esc

P106 deve ser exibido com o ldquo6rdquo piscando

10 Pressione Esc ateacute que o ldquoPrdquo esteja piscando no caractere alfanumeacuterico mais agrave esquerda

11 Pressione a seta acima ou abaixo para rolar pelo menu de grupo ateacute ldquotrdquo

12 Pressione Enter

O ldquo1rdquo pisca

Desligue o inversor antes de alterar o paracircmetro P106

14 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

13 Pressione e segure a seta acima ateacute alcanccedilar ldquo221rdquo

Se vocecirc passar do valor pressione a seta abaixo ateacute retornar a ldquo221rdquo

14 Pressione Enter duas vezes de forma que ldquo0rdquo pisque

15 Pressione a seta acima para mover para o valor ldquo2rdquo

16 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

17 Pressione Esc

Agora o paracircmetro t221 deve ser exibido com o ldquo1rdquo piscando

18 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

19 Desligue o inversor ateacute o visor apagar e ligue-o novamente

Agora o inversor estaacute configurado para ser controlado por bototildees pulsadores e comandos de comunicaccedilatildeo iniciados a partir do controlador MicroLogix

Como em todos os elementos fundamentais esses satildeo exemplos da obtenccedilatildeo de informaccedilatildeo de um produto de forma discreta Vocecirc pode alterar o paracircmetro t221 ou outras configuraccedilotildees das partidas e inversores para se adequarem agrave sua aplicaccedilatildeo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 15

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3

O Controlador Inteligente de Motor SMC-3 deve ser ajustado para o contator de isolaccedilatildeo e para as configuraccedilotildees adequadas para o motor Abaixo estatildeo as configuraccedilotildees de minisseletora utilizadas pelo controlador SMC-3 e os passos para alteraacute-los

DICA O 140M MPCB especificado na lista de materiais para este componente fundamental possui uma classe de desarme de 10 Contudo se vocecirc desejar utilizar as configuraccedilotildees da classe de desarme de sobrecarga no controlador SMC-3 vocecirc pode trocar o 140M MPCB pelo 140M MCP

16 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

1 Ajuste as configuraccedilotildees da minisseletora conforme as necessidades de partida de seu motor utilizando o graacutefico abaixo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 17

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

2 Certifique-se de que a minisseletora 14 estaacute configurada como Normal (desligado)

Isso iraacute introduzir o contator de isolaccedilatildeo quando o SMC-3 tiver recebido o sinal de entrada A minisseletora 14 tambeacutem iraacute fechar o contato aux NA instalado lateralmente quando a partida atingir a velocidade O fechamento desse contato aux enviaraacute o sinal de volta ao controlador MicroLogix

3 Se mudar para um MCP ajuste as minisseletoras 11 e 12 para a classe de desarme de sobrecarga adequada

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

IMPORTANTE A partida 103T utiliza um MCP (Protetor de Circuito de Motor) 140M o qual utiliza uma sobrecarga separada E1 Plus que deve ser ajustada conforme as necessidades de seu sistema

A partida 190E a partida SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M tecircm de ter o mostrador de sobrecarga definido nos MPCB (Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do Motor) 140M

18 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 2

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Introduccedilatildeo

Neste capiacutetulo vocecirc verifica se a comunicaccedilatildeo entre o controlador MicroLogix e as partidas discretas individuais e entre o controlador MicroLogix e o terminal PanelView Component (PVc) estaacute ocorrendo como planejado Para ligar e desligar utilizando o terminal PVc eacute necessaacuterio que a chave HOA externa esteja na posiccedilatildeo Auto No modo Manual o terminal PVc ainda pode ler o status das partidas e inversores mas natildeo possui capacidades ligadesliga

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se realizou todos os passos do Capiacutetulo 3 do documento

bull Verifique se concluiu todas as etapas do Capiacutetulo 1 deste documento

bull Verifique se todos os dispositivos estatildeo conectados conforme o esquema eleacutetrico em CAD de Controle de Motor Simples no Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Verifique se o controlador MicroLogix o inversor PowerFlex e o terminal PVc estatildeo sendo alimentados

19Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 19

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Microcomputador com navegador Internet Explorer 7 ou Firefox

bull Terminal PanelView Component

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidas

bull Inversor PowerFlex 4M

bull Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBR

bull Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TE

bull Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser pedidas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute pedir a partidas inteiras Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

bull Controlador MicroLogix 1100 ou 1400

bull Cabo serial coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1761-CBL-PM02

bull Cabo USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 2711C-CBL-UU02 ou similar

Siga estas etapas

Siga essas etapas para verificar se haacute comunicaccedilatildeo entre seus dispositivos e para testar o sistema

Iniacutecio

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador paacutegina 21

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador

MicroLogix paacutegina 22

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

paacutegina 25

20 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador

O ambiente tempo de projeto PanelView Explorer eacute acessado por meio de um navegador de web conectando seu computador ao terminal PVc por meio de uma conexatildeo USB Antes de conectar seu computador agrave porta USB do terminal PVc vocecirc deve instalar o driver do Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS em um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista Apoacutes instalar o driver vocecirc pode conectar o terminal PVc ao seu computador Para obter detalhes sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do driver consulte PanelView Component Terminal User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Conexotildees USB do Terminal PVc

Todos os terminais do PanelView Component suportam uma conexatildeo por porta USB e requerem um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista bem como o driver de Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS instalado O driver natildeo pode ser instalado em um computador com sistema operacional Windows 2000

1 Conecte uma das extremidades de um cabo USB agrave porta de dispositivo mini-USB em seu terminal PVc

2 Conecte a outra extremidade do cabo USB a uma porta USB em seu microcomputador

3 Energize o terminal PVc e o microcomputador

Janela de Partida do PanelView Explorer

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 21

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador MicroLogix

O terminal PanelView Component (PVc) com tela touchscreen monocromaacutetica de 3 polegadas comunica-se com o controlador MicroLogix pela rede DF1 A aplicaccedilatildeo PVc lecirc e grava na tabela de dados do controlador MicroLogix Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo PVc grava no controlador MicroLogix o programa do controlador detecta a alteraccedilatildeo de valor e grava esse novo valor no inversor partida suave ou partida discreta apropriados

1 Conecte o microcomputador ao terminal PVc usando um cabo USB

2 Conecte o terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix usando o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02

3 Inicie o Internet Explorer 7 ou o Firefox 20

4 Na barra de endereccedilos de seu navegador digite o endereccedilo de IP 1692542542 (Esse eacute um endereccedilo de IP fixo utilizado pela porta USB)

5 Pressione Enter para conectar seu microcomputador ao terminal PVc

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02

Porta USB

Porta USB

Controlador MicroLogix

1761-CBL-PM02

22 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

6 Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo na caixa de diaacutelogo do painel do PVc e clique em Edit

7 Na caixa de diaacutelogo Edit clique na guia Communication

A caixa de diaacutelogo a seguir eacute exibida

8 Clique sobre Serial em Protocol e selecione DF1 na lista suspensa

9 Em PanelView Component Settings certifique-se de que o Station Address seja 2

Botatildeo Validate

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 23

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

10 Em Controller Settings

a Aceite o nome-padratildeo ldquoPLC-1rdquob Selecione MicroLogix no campo Controller Typec No campo Address insira 1

11 Clique em Validate

12 Clique em Salvar

13 Clique em Switch to PanelView Explorer Startup

14 Na janela Application Dashboard selecione a aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting Building Block

15 Clique em Run para executar a aplicaccedilatildeo

Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview

Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo do PVc estaacute sendo executada todos os inversores ou partidas habilitados satildeo exibidos na tela Starters Overview como ldquo140M Onrdquo ldquoRunningrdquo ou ldquoFaultrdquo Para facilitar a utilizaccedilatildeo desse programa pelo OEM o cabeccedilalho referente agrave partida permanece geneacuterico com referecircncia agrave habilidade de alterar partidas sem a necessidade de alterar a primeira paacutegina do PVc Para alterar os bototildees em si consulte o manual de usuaacuterio dos Terminais IHM do PanelView Component

bull ldquoM1rdquo eacute designado para o controlador SMC-3

bull ldquoM2rdquo eacute designado para a partida 103T

bull ldquoM3rdquo eacute designado para o inversor PF 4M

bull ldquoM4rdquo eacute designado para a partida 190E

24 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 3: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Onde comeccedilar

Siga o caminho abaixo para ligar controlar e monitorar motores de forma simples

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Elementos fundamentais dos

componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001

3Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 3

Onde comeccedilar

Observaccedilotildees

4 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Sumaacuterio

PrefaacutecioIntroduccedilatildeo 7Convenccedilotildees Utilizadas Neste Manual 8Recursos adicionais 9

Capiacutetulo 1Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Introduccedilatildeo 11Antes de comeccedilar 11O que eacute necessaacuterio 12Siga estas etapas 12Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M 13Ajuste o controlador SMC-3 16Recursos adicionais 18

Capiacutetulo 2Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Introduccedilatildeo 19Antes de comeccedilar 19O que eacute necessaacuterio 20Siga estas etapas 20Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador 21Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com

o Controlador MicroLogix 22Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview 24

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting 25Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting 25Compreendendo as Falhas 28Teste o Controlador SMC-3 29Testando outros Inversores e Partidas 30

Recursos adicionais 30Suporte da Rockwell Automation 32

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 5

Sumaacuterio

Observaccedilotildees

6 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Prefaacutecio

Introduccedilatildeo Este guia de iniacutecio raacutepido foi desenvolvido para oferecer uma maneira de implementar um componente conectado para controle de motor simples Utilizando informaccedilotildees discretas (sinais ligado-desligado simples de contatos) de um inversor PowerFlex 4M partida SMC-3 partida 103T ou partida 190E este elemento fundamental mostra um exemplo da extraccedilatildeo de informaccedilotildees baacutesicas importantes sobre o status de um motor e exibiccedilatildeo das mesmas em um terminal PanelView Component (PVc) Qualquer um desses inversores ou partidas podem ser usados O inversor PowerFlex 4M eacute utilizado neste elemento fundamental mas o procedimento eacute bem parecido para os inversores PowerFlex 4 40 40P e 400

Para auxiliar no projeto e na instalaccedilatildeo de seu sistema os arquivos de aplicaccedilatildeo e outras informaccedilotildees satildeo fornecidas no CD Connected Component Building Blocks Overview publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001 O CD fornece as listas de materiais (BOM) os diagramas CAD para fiaccedilatildeo e layout de painel programas de controle telas de interface de operaccedilatildeo e programaccedilatildeo (IHM) e mais Com essas ferramentas e o projeto incorporado das melhores praacuteticas o projetista do sistema fica livre para concentrar-se no projeto de seu controle de maacutequina e natildeo nas tarefas de supervisatildeo de projeto

No iniacutecio de cada capiacutetulo estatildeo apresentadas as informaccedilotildees abaixo Leia essas seccedilotildees com atenccedilatildeo antes de comeccedilar a trabalhar em cada capiacutetulo

bull Antes de comeccedilar - Esta seccedilatildeo lista as etapas que devem ser concluiacutedas e as decisotildees que devem ser tomadas antes de comeccedilar esse capiacutetulo Os capiacutetulos nesse guia de iniacutecio raacutepido natildeo devem necessariamente ser lidos na ordem apresentada mas esta seccedilatildeo define a preparaccedilatildeo miacutenima necessaacuteria antes de concluir o capiacutetulo atual

bull O que eacute necessaacuterio - Esta seccedilatildeo relaciona as ferramentas necessaacuterias para seguir as etapas do capiacutetulo atual Isso inclui mas natildeo estaacute limitado a hardware e software

bull Siga estas etapas - Isso ilustra as etapas no capiacutetulo atual e identifica as etapas necessaacuterias para concluir os exemplos

IMPORTANTE Use este Guia Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados junto com o Guia Raacutepido dos Elementos Fundamentais de Componentes Conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001

Consulte Recursos adicionais na paacutegina 9 para obter uma lista de documentos de Iniacutecio Raacutepido

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 7

Convenccedilotildees Utilizadas Neste Manual

Este manual utiliza as seguintes convenccedilotildees

Convenccedilatildeo Significado Exemplo

Clicar Clique uma vez com o botatildeo esquerdo do mouse Clique em Edit

Digitar Aquilo que vocecirc digita no teclado Digite o endereccedilo de IP

Clicar com o botatildeo direito do mouse

Clique com o botatildeo direito do mouse uma vez enquanto o cursor estaacute posicionado sobre o objeto ou a seleccedilatildeo

Clique com o botatildeo direito do mouse no iacutecone do barramento 1768

Selecionar Use o mouse para destacar determinada opccedilatildeo Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo

Pressionar Pressionar uma tecla especiacutefica no teclado ou no teclado do PowerFlex 4M Pressione Enter

Tocar Tocar em um botatildeo especiacutefico no terminal PanelView Component (PVc) Toque no botatildeo Start

8 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Recursos adicionais

Recurso Descriccedilatildeo

Guia Raacutepido dos Elementos Fundamentais dos Componentes Conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como selecionar produtos e obter acesso a informaccedilotildees do painel e da fiaccedilatildeo

CD Connected Component Building Blocks Overview publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

Fornece os arquivos para os elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados

Coacuted cat 150 SMC-3 (1-37A)SMC-Delta (1-32A) Moacutedulos de Conexatildeo de Partida Suave 41053-173-01 (1)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre os moacutedulos de conexatildeo com o SMC-3

Cod cat 150 SMC-3 Partida Suave (3-37A) 41053-167-01 (5)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilotildees do SMC-3

Cod cat 193 E1 Plus Releacute de Sobrecarga 41053-358-01 (3)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilotildees da sobrecarga

Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do MotorProtetores de Circuito de Motor 21-301-951-01

Fornece instruccedilotildees de instalaccedilatildeo para o MPCB e o MCP

Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados de controle de posicionamento publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS003

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros do inversor PowerFlex 40P com o programa RSLogix 500 preacute-configurado que controla seu sistema de base incluindo dicas de aplicaccedilatildeo bem como sobre a implementaccedilatildeo da funcionalidade de restauraccedilatildeo e backup dos paracircmetros do inversor

MicroLogix 1100 Programmable Controllers User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 1763-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o controlador programaacutevel MicroLogix 1100

MicroLogix 1400 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 1766-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o controlador programaacutevel MicroLogix 1400

PanelView Component Quick Start Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-QS001A

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como utilizar o PanelView component

PanelView Component Operator Terminals User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o terminais IHM do PanelView Component

Manual do usuaacuterio do PowerFlex 4M publicaccedilatildeo 22F-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 4M incluindo fiaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo de paracircmetros

PowerFlex 4 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22A-UM001 Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 4 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

PowerFlex 40 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22B-UM001 Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 40 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

PowerFlex 40P User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22D-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 40P incluindo fiaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo de paracircmetros

PowerFlex 400 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22C-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 400 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

httpwwwabcomdrivesdriveexplorer Fornece acesso ao software DriveExplorerLite

httpwwwabcom Fornece acesso ao website Allen-Bradley

httprockwellautomationcomknowledgebase Daacute acesso ao auto-atendimento de suporte

httpwwwrockwellautomationcomcomponentsconnected

Fornece acesso ao website dos Componentes Conectados

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 9

Observaccedilotildees

10 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 1

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Introduccedilatildeo

Este capiacutetulo conteacutem instruccedilotildees para a configuraccedilatildeo do inversor PowerFlex 4M e do Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3

Vocecirc iraacute configurar dois paracircmetros no inversor PowerFlex 4M Esses satildeo os paracircmetros baacutesicos que precisam ser alterados em relaccedilatildeo aos valores ajustados de faacutebrica para que seja estabelecida realimentaccedilatildeo adequada aos controladores MicroLogix Para a aplicaccedilatildeo de sua maacutequina poderaacute ser necessaacuterio ajustar tambeacutem outros paracircmetros do inversor Consulte a documentaccedilatildeo de seu inversor para obter informaccedilotildees sobre outros paracircmetros de inversor

Vocecirc tambeacutem iraacute definir as minisseletoras no Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 necessaacuterias para enviar realimentaccedilatildeo discreta adequada ao controlador MicroLogix

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se seguiu todas as recomendaccedilotildees de projeto e instalaccedilatildeo de hardware e a instalaccedilatildeo do software

bull Ligue o inversor

11Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 11

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidasndash Inversor PowerFlex Classe 4 (O inversor PowerFlex 4M eacute utilizado neste documento)

bull No caso dos inversores PowerFlex 4M 4 40 e 400 existe um teclado e uma tela incorporados para ediccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

bull No caso do inversor PowerFlex 40P para editar os paracircmetros vocecirc precisa de

- uma interface portaacutetil coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 22-HIM-A3ou

- software DriveExplorer instalado no microcomputador e uma interface USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1203-USB

ndash Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBRndash Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TEndash Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser encomendadas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute encomendar a partida inteira Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

Siga estas etapas

Siga esses passos para configurar os paracircmetros nos inversores e definir as minisseletoras no Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3

Iniacutecio

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M paacutegina 13

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3 paacutegina 16

12 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M

Os paracircmetros-padratildeo de faacutebrica permitem que o inversor seja controlado a partir do teclado integral Natildeo eacute necessaacuteria programaccedilatildeo para ligar desligar mudar a direccedilatildeo e controlar a velocidade diretamente a partir do teclado integral

Contudo para esse elemento fundamental vocecirc iraacute definir o paracircmetro P106 [Start Source] em controle de 2 fios No exemplo para esse elemento fundamental o inversor PF 4M eacute utilizado em um modo natildeo-reversor de Controle SRC de dois fios (sourcing interno) SRC eacute o padratildeo para um inversor novo Se o seu inversor tiver sido utilizado anteriormente certifique-se de que a chave SNKSRC (sinksource) abaixo da cobertura frontal do inversor PF 4M estaacute definida em SRC Consulte o manual do usuaacuterio do inversor PF 4M para as necessidades especiacuteficas natildeo exibidas neste exemplo

Aleacutem disso vocecirc iraacute mudar o paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Sel] para exibir ldquoMotorRunningrdquo uma vez que esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor Consulte Testando outros Inversores e Partidas paacutegina 30 para obter detalhes

Siga esse procedimento para alterar os paracircmetros P106 [Start Source] e t221 [Relay Out Sel] utilizando o teclado PowerFlex 4M explicado abaixo

Teclado do PowerFlex 4M

Tecla Nome da tecla Descriccedilatildeo

Escapebull Volta uma etapa no modo de Programa

bull Cancela uma alteraccedilatildeo no valor do paracircmetro e sai do modo de Programa

Selecionarbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Seleciona um diacutegito ao exibir um valor de um paracircmetro

Seta acimabull Percorre os grupos e paracircmetros

bull Aumenta ou diminui o valor do diacutegito que pisca

Seta abaixo

Enterbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Salva uma alteraccedilatildeo de um valor de paracircmetro

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 13

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

1 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

2 Pressione Sel ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda pisque

3 Pressione a seta abaixo ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda exibido seja um ldquoPrdquo piscando

4 Pressione Enter

O ldquoPrdquo natildeo pisca mais e a tecla numeacuterica mais agrave direita pisca

Por padratildeo o primeiro paracircmetro ldquoPrdquo P101 eacute exibido Pressionar a seta acima aumenta o valor dos paracircmetros ldquoPrdquo e pressionar a seta abaixo diminui o valor dos mesmos

5 Pressione a seta acima cinco vezes ateacute exibir P106

O valor atual do paracircmetro P106 eacute exibido nesse caso ldquo0rdquo

6 Pressione Enter

O ldquo0rdquo pisca

7 Pressione a seta acima duas vezes para ajustar o valor para ldquo2rdquo

8 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito

O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

9 Pressione Esc

P106 deve ser exibido com o ldquo6rdquo piscando

10 Pressione Esc ateacute que o ldquoPrdquo esteja piscando no caractere alfanumeacuterico mais agrave esquerda

11 Pressione a seta acima ou abaixo para rolar pelo menu de grupo ateacute ldquotrdquo

12 Pressione Enter

O ldquo1rdquo pisca

Desligue o inversor antes de alterar o paracircmetro P106

14 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

13 Pressione e segure a seta acima ateacute alcanccedilar ldquo221rdquo

Se vocecirc passar do valor pressione a seta abaixo ateacute retornar a ldquo221rdquo

14 Pressione Enter duas vezes de forma que ldquo0rdquo pisque

15 Pressione a seta acima para mover para o valor ldquo2rdquo

16 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

17 Pressione Esc

Agora o paracircmetro t221 deve ser exibido com o ldquo1rdquo piscando

18 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

19 Desligue o inversor ateacute o visor apagar e ligue-o novamente

Agora o inversor estaacute configurado para ser controlado por bototildees pulsadores e comandos de comunicaccedilatildeo iniciados a partir do controlador MicroLogix

Como em todos os elementos fundamentais esses satildeo exemplos da obtenccedilatildeo de informaccedilatildeo de um produto de forma discreta Vocecirc pode alterar o paracircmetro t221 ou outras configuraccedilotildees das partidas e inversores para se adequarem agrave sua aplicaccedilatildeo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 15

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3

O Controlador Inteligente de Motor SMC-3 deve ser ajustado para o contator de isolaccedilatildeo e para as configuraccedilotildees adequadas para o motor Abaixo estatildeo as configuraccedilotildees de minisseletora utilizadas pelo controlador SMC-3 e os passos para alteraacute-los

DICA O 140M MPCB especificado na lista de materiais para este componente fundamental possui uma classe de desarme de 10 Contudo se vocecirc desejar utilizar as configuraccedilotildees da classe de desarme de sobrecarga no controlador SMC-3 vocecirc pode trocar o 140M MPCB pelo 140M MCP

16 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

1 Ajuste as configuraccedilotildees da minisseletora conforme as necessidades de partida de seu motor utilizando o graacutefico abaixo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 17

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

2 Certifique-se de que a minisseletora 14 estaacute configurada como Normal (desligado)

Isso iraacute introduzir o contator de isolaccedilatildeo quando o SMC-3 tiver recebido o sinal de entrada A minisseletora 14 tambeacutem iraacute fechar o contato aux NA instalado lateralmente quando a partida atingir a velocidade O fechamento desse contato aux enviaraacute o sinal de volta ao controlador MicroLogix

3 Se mudar para um MCP ajuste as minisseletoras 11 e 12 para a classe de desarme de sobrecarga adequada

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

IMPORTANTE A partida 103T utiliza um MCP (Protetor de Circuito de Motor) 140M o qual utiliza uma sobrecarga separada E1 Plus que deve ser ajustada conforme as necessidades de seu sistema

A partida 190E a partida SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M tecircm de ter o mostrador de sobrecarga definido nos MPCB (Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do Motor) 140M

18 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 2

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Introduccedilatildeo

Neste capiacutetulo vocecirc verifica se a comunicaccedilatildeo entre o controlador MicroLogix e as partidas discretas individuais e entre o controlador MicroLogix e o terminal PanelView Component (PVc) estaacute ocorrendo como planejado Para ligar e desligar utilizando o terminal PVc eacute necessaacuterio que a chave HOA externa esteja na posiccedilatildeo Auto No modo Manual o terminal PVc ainda pode ler o status das partidas e inversores mas natildeo possui capacidades ligadesliga

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se realizou todos os passos do Capiacutetulo 3 do documento

bull Verifique se concluiu todas as etapas do Capiacutetulo 1 deste documento

bull Verifique se todos os dispositivos estatildeo conectados conforme o esquema eleacutetrico em CAD de Controle de Motor Simples no Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Verifique se o controlador MicroLogix o inversor PowerFlex e o terminal PVc estatildeo sendo alimentados

19Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 19

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Microcomputador com navegador Internet Explorer 7 ou Firefox

bull Terminal PanelView Component

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidas

bull Inversor PowerFlex 4M

bull Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBR

bull Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TE

bull Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser pedidas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute pedir a partidas inteiras Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

bull Controlador MicroLogix 1100 ou 1400

bull Cabo serial coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1761-CBL-PM02

bull Cabo USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 2711C-CBL-UU02 ou similar

Siga estas etapas

Siga essas etapas para verificar se haacute comunicaccedilatildeo entre seus dispositivos e para testar o sistema

Iniacutecio

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador paacutegina 21

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador

MicroLogix paacutegina 22

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

paacutegina 25

20 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador

O ambiente tempo de projeto PanelView Explorer eacute acessado por meio de um navegador de web conectando seu computador ao terminal PVc por meio de uma conexatildeo USB Antes de conectar seu computador agrave porta USB do terminal PVc vocecirc deve instalar o driver do Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS em um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista Apoacutes instalar o driver vocecirc pode conectar o terminal PVc ao seu computador Para obter detalhes sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do driver consulte PanelView Component Terminal User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Conexotildees USB do Terminal PVc

Todos os terminais do PanelView Component suportam uma conexatildeo por porta USB e requerem um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista bem como o driver de Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS instalado O driver natildeo pode ser instalado em um computador com sistema operacional Windows 2000

1 Conecte uma das extremidades de um cabo USB agrave porta de dispositivo mini-USB em seu terminal PVc

2 Conecte a outra extremidade do cabo USB a uma porta USB em seu microcomputador

3 Energize o terminal PVc e o microcomputador

Janela de Partida do PanelView Explorer

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 21

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador MicroLogix

O terminal PanelView Component (PVc) com tela touchscreen monocromaacutetica de 3 polegadas comunica-se com o controlador MicroLogix pela rede DF1 A aplicaccedilatildeo PVc lecirc e grava na tabela de dados do controlador MicroLogix Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo PVc grava no controlador MicroLogix o programa do controlador detecta a alteraccedilatildeo de valor e grava esse novo valor no inversor partida suave ou partida discreta apropriados

1 Conecte o microcomputador ao terminal PVc usando um cabo USB

2 Conecte o terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix usando o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02

3 Inicie o Internet Explorer 7 ou o Firefox 20

4 Na barra de endereccedilos de seu navegador digite o endereccedilo de IP 1692542542 (Esse eacute um endereccedilo de IP fixo utilizado pela porta USB)

5 Pressione Enter para conectar seu microcomputador ao terminal PVc

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02

Porta USB

Porta USB

Controlador MicroLogix

1761-CBL-PM02

22 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

6 Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo na caixa de diaacutelogo do painel do PVc e clique em Edit

7 Na caixa de diaacutelogo Edit clique na guia Communication

A caixa de diaacutelogo a seguir eacute exibida

8 Clique sobre Serial em Protocol e selecione DF1 na lista suspensa

9 Em PanelView Component Settings certifique-se de que o Station Address seja 2

Botatildeo Validate

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 23

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

10 Em Controller Settings

a Aceite o nome-padratildeo ldquoPLC-1rdquob Selecione MicroLogix no campo Controller Typec No campo Address insira 1

11 Clique em Validate

12 Clique em Salvar

13 Clique em Switch to PanelView Explorer Startup

14 Na janela Application Dashboard selecione a aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting Building Block

15 Clique em Run para executar a aplicaccedilatildeo

Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview

Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo do PVc estaacute sendo executada todos os inversores ou partidas habilitados satildeo exibidos na tela Starters Overview como ldquo140M Onrdquo ldquoRunningrdquo ou ldquoFaultrdquo Para facilitar a utilizaccedilatildeo desse programa pelo OEM o cabeccedilalho referente agrave partida permanece geneacuterico com referecircncia agrave habilidade de alterar partidas sem a necessidade de alterar a primeira paacutegina do PVc Para alterar os bototildees em si consulte o manual de usuaacuterio dos Terminais IHM do PanelView Component

bull ldquoM1rdquo eacute designado para o controlador SMC-3

bull ldquoM2rdquo eacute designado para a partida 103T

bull ldquoM3rdquo eacute designado para o inversor PF 4M

bull ldquoM4rdquo eacute designado para a partida 190E

24 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 4: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Onde comeccedilar

Observaccedilotildees

4 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Sumaacuterio

PrefaacutecioIntroduccedilatildeo 7Convenccedilotildees Utilizadas Neste Manual 8Recursos adicionais 9

Capiacutetulo 1Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Introduccedilatildeo 11Antes de comeccedilar 11O que eacute necessaacuterio 12Siga estas etapas 12Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M 13Ajuste o controlador SMC-3 16Recursos adicionais 18

Capiacutetulo 2Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Introduccedilatildeo 19Antes de comeccedilar 19O que eacute necessaacuterio 20Siga estas etapas 20Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador 21Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com

o Controlador MicroLogix 22Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview 24

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting 25Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting 25Compreendendo as Falhas 28Teste o Controlador SMC-3 29Testando outros Inversores e Partidas 30

Recursos adicionais 30Suporte da Rockwell Automation 32

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 5

Sumaacuterio

Observaccedilotildees

6 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Prefaacutecio

Introduccedilatildeo Este guia de iniacutecio raacutepido foi desenvolvido para oferecer uma maneira de implementar um componente conectado para controle de motor simples Utilizando informaccedilotildees discretas (sinais ligado-desligado simples de contatos) de um inversor PowerFlex 4M partida SMC-3 partida 103T ou partida 190E este elemento fundamental mostra um exemplo da extraccedilatildeo de informaccedilotildees baacutesicas importantes sobre o status de um motor e exibiccedilatildeo das mesmas em um terminal PanelView Component (PVc) Qualquer um desses inversores ou partidas podem ser usados O inversor PowerFlex 4M eacute utilizado neste elemento fundamental mas o procedimento eacute bem parecido para os inversores PowerFlex 4 40 40P e 400

Para auxiliar no projeto e na instalaccedilatildeo de seu sistema os arquivos de aplicaccedilatildeo e outras informaccedilotildees satildeo fornecidas no CD Connected Component Building Blocks Overview publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001 O CD fornece as listas de materiais (BOM) os diagramas CAD para fiaccedilatildeo e layout de painel programas de controle telas de interface de operaccedilatildeo e programaccedilatildeo (IHM) e mais Com essas ferramentas e o projeto incorporado das melhores praacuteticas o projetista do sistema fica livre para concentrar-se no projeto de seu controle de maacutequina e natildeo nas tarefas de supervisatildeo de projeto

No iniacutecio de cada capiacutetulo estatildeo apresentadas as informaccedilotildees abaixo Leia essas seccedilotildees com atenccedilatildeo antes de comeccedilar a trabalhar em cada capiacutetulo

bull Antes de comeccedilar - Esta seccedilatildeo lista as etapas que devem ser concluiacutedas e as decisotildees que devem ser tomadas antes de comeccedilar esse capiacutetulo Os capiacutetulos nesse guia de iniacutecio raacutepido natildeo devem necessariamente ser lidos na ordem apresentada mas esta seccedilatildeo define a preparaccedilatildeo miacutenima necessaacuteria antes de concluir o capiacutetulo atual

bull O que eacute necessaacuterio - Esta seccedilatildeo relaciona as ferramentas necessaacuterias para seguir as etapas do capiacutetulo atual Isso inclui mas natildeo estaacute limitado a hardware e software

bull Siga estas etapas - Isso ilustra as etapas no capiacutetulo atual e identifica as etapas necessaacuterias para concluir os exemplos

IMPORTANTE Use este Guia Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados junto com o Guia Raacutepido dos Elementos Fundamentais de Componentes Conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001

Consulte Recursos adicionais na paacutegina 9 para obter uma lista de documentos de Iniacutecio Raacutepido

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 7

Convenccedilotildees Utilizadas Neste Manual

Este manual utiliza as seguintes convenccedilotildees

Convenccedilatildeo Significado Exemplo

Clicar Clique uma vez com o botatildeo esquerdo do mouse Clique em Edit

Digitar Aquilo que vocecirc digita no teclado Digite o endereccedilo de IP

Clicar com o botatildeo direito do mouse

Clique com o botatildeo direito do mouse uma vez enquanto o cursor estaacute posicionado sobre o objeto ou a seleccedilatildeo

Clique com o botatildeo direito do mouse no iacutecone do barramento 1768

Selecionar Use o mouse para destacar determinada opccedilatildeo Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo

Pressionar Pressionar uma tecla especiacutefica no teclado ou no teclado do PowerFlex 4M Pressione Enter

Tocar Tocar em um botatildeo especiacutefico no terminal PanelView Component (PVc) Toque no botatildeo Start

8 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Recursos adicionais

Recurso Descriccedilatildeo

Guia Raacutepido dos Elementos Fundamentais dos Componentes Conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como selecionar produtos e obter acesso a informaccedilotildees do painel e da fiaccedilatildeo

CD Connected Component Building Blocks Overview publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

Fornece os arquivos para os elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados

Coacuted cat 150 SMC-3 (1-37A)SMC-Delta (1-32A) Moacutedulos de Conexatildeo de Partida Suave 41053-173-01 (1)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre os moacutedulos de conexatildeo com o SMC-3

Cod cat 150 SMC-3 Partida Suave (3-37A) 41053-167-01 (5)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilotildees do SMC-3

Cod cat 193 E1 Plus Releacute de Sobrecarga 41053-358-01 (3)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilotildees da sobrecarga

Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do MotorProtetores de Circuito de Motor 21-301-951-01

Fornece instruccedilotildees de instalaccedilatildeo para o MPCB e o MCP

Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados de controle de posicionamento publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS003

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros do inversor PowerFlex 40P com o programa RSLogix 500 preacute-configurado que controla seu sistema de base incluindo dicas de aplicaccedilatildeo bem como sobre a implementaccedilatildeo da funcionalidade de restauraccedilatildeo e backup dos paracircmetros do inversor

MicroLogix 1100 Programmable Controllers User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 1763-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o controlador programaacutevel MicroLogix 1100

MicroLogix 1400 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 1766-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o controlador programaacutevel MicroLogix 1400

PanelView Component Quick Start Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-QS001A

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como utilizar o PanelView component

PanelView Component Operator Terminals User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o terminais IHM do PanelView Component

Manual do usuaacuterio do PowerFlex 4M publicaccedilatildeo 22F-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 4M incluindo fiaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo de paracircmetros

PowerFlex 4 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22A-UM001 Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 4 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

PowerFlex 40 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22B-UM001 Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 40 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

PowerFlex 40P User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22D-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 40P incluindo fiaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo de paracircmetros

PowerFlex 400 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22C-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 400 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

httpwwwabcomdrivesdriveexplorer Fornece acesso ao software DriveExplorerLite

httpwwwabcom Fornece acesso ao website Allen-Bradley

httprockwellautomationcomknowledgebase Daacute acesso ao auto-atendimento de suporte

httpwwwrockwellautomationcomcomponentsconnected

Fornece acesso ao website dos Componentes Conectados

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 9

Observaccedilotildees

10 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 1

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Introduccedilatildeo

Este capiacutetulo conteacutem instruccedilotildees para a configuraccedilatildeo do inversor PowerFlex 4M e do Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3

Vocecirc iraacute configurar dois paracircmetros no inversor PowerFlex 4M Esses satildeo os paracircmetros baacutesicos que precisam ser alterados em relaccedilatildeo aos valores ajustados de faacutebrica para que seja estabelecida realimentaccedilatildeo adequada aos controladores MicroLogix Para a aplicaccedilatildeo de sua maacutequina poderaacute ser necessaacuterio ajustar tambeacutem outros paracircmetros do inversor Consulte a documentaccedilatildeo de seu inversor para obter informaccedilotildees sobre outros paracircmetros de inversor

Vocecirc tambeacutem iraacute definir as minisseletoras no Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 necessaacuterias para enviar realimentaccedilatildeo discreta adequada ao controlador MicroLogix

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se seguiu todas as recomendaccedilotildees de projeto e instalaccedilatildeo de hardware e a instalaccedilatildeo do software

bull Ligue o inversor

11Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 11

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidasndash Inversor PowerFlex Classe 4 (O inversor PowerFlex 4M eacute utilizado neste documento)

bull No caso dos inversores PowerFlex 4M 4 40 e 400 existe um teclado e uma tela incorporados para ediccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

bull No caso do inversor PowerFlex 40P para editar os paracircmetros vocecirc precisa de

- uma interface portaacutetil coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 22-HIM-A3ou

- software DriveExplorer instalado no microcomputador e uma interface USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1203-USB

ndash Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBRndash Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TEndash Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser encomendadas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute encomendar a partida inteira Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

Siga estas etapas

Siga esses passos para configurar os paracircmetros nos inversores e definir as minisseletoras no Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3

Iniacutecio

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M paacutegina 13

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3 paacutegina 16

12 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M

Os paracircmetros-padratildeo de faacutebrica permitem que o inversor seja controlado a partir do teclado integral Natildeo eacute necessaacuteria programaccedilatildeo para ligar desligar mudar a direccedilatildeo e controlar a velocidade diretamente a partir do teclado integral

Contudo para esse elemento fundamental vocecirc iraacute definir o paracircmetro P106 [Start Source] em controle de 2 fios No exemplo para esse elemento fundamental o inversor PF 4M eacute utilizado em um modo natildeo-reversor de Controle SRC de dois fios (sourcing interno) SRC eacute o padratildeo para um inversor novo Se o seu inversor tiver sido utilizado anteriormente certifique-se de que a chave SNKSRC (sinksource) abaixo da cobertura frontal do inversor PF 4M estaacute definida em SRC Consulte o manual do usuaacuterio do inversor PF 4M para as necessidades especiacuteficas natildeo exibidas neste exemplo

Aleacutem disso vocecirc iraacute mudar o paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Sel] para exibir ldquoMotorRunningrdquo uma vez que esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor Consulte Testando outros Inversores e Partidas paacutegina 30 para obter detalhes

Siga esse procedimento para alterar os paracircmetros P106 [Start Source] e t221 [Relay Out Sel] utilizando o teclado PowerFlex 4M explicado abaixo

Teclado do PowerFlex 4M

Tecla Nome da tecla Descriccedilatildeo

Escapebull Volta uma etapa no modo de Programa

bull Cancela uma alteraccedilatildeo no valor do paracircmetro e sai do modo de Programa

Selecionarbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Seleciona um diacutegito ao exibir um valor de um paracircmetro

Seta acimabull Percorre os grupos e paracircmetros

bull Aumenta ou diminui o valor do diacutegito que pisca

Seta abaixo

Enterbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Salva uma alteraccedilatildeo de um valor de paracircmetro

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 13

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

1 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

2 Pressione Sel ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda pisque

3 Pressione a seta abaixo ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda exibido seja um ldquoPrdquo piscando

4 Pressione Enter

O ldquoPrdquo natildeo pisca mais e a tecla numeacuterica mais agrave direita pisca

Por padratildeo o primeiro paracircmetro ldquoPrdquo P101 eacute exibido Pressionar a seta acima aumenta o valor dos paracircmetros ldquoPrdquo e pressionar a seta abaixo diminui o valor dos mesmos

5 Pressione a seta acima cinco vezes ateacute exibir P106

O valor atual do paracircmetro P106 eacute exibido nesse caso ldquo0rdquo

6 Pressione Enter

O ldquo0rdquo pisca

7 Pressione a seta acima duas vezes para ajustar o valor para ldquo2rdquo

8 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito

O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

9 Pressione Esc

P106 deve ser exibido com o ldquo6rdquo piscando

10 Pressione Esc ateacute que o ldquoPrdquo esteja piscando no caractere alfanumeacuterico mais agrave esquerda

11 Pressione a seta acima ou abaixo para rolar pelo menu de grupo ateacute ldquotrdquo

12 Pressione Enter

O ldquo1rdquo pisca

Desligue o inversor antes de alterar o paracircmetro P106

14 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

13 Pressione e segure a seta acima ateacute alcanccedilar ldquo221rdquo

Se vocecirc passar do valor pressione a seta abaixo ateacute retornar a ldquo221rdquo

14 Pressione Enter duas vezes de forma que ldquo0rdquo pisque

15 Pressione a seta acima para mover para o valor ldquo2rdquo

16 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

17 Pressione Esc

Agora o paracircmetro t221 deve ser exibido com o ldquo1rdquo piscando

18 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

19 Desligue o inversor ateacute o visor apagar e ligue-o novamente

Agora o inversor estaacute configurado para ser controlado por bototildees pulsadores e comandos de comunicaccedilatildeo iniciados a partir do controlador MicroLogix

Como em todos os elementos fundamentais esses satildeo exemplos da obtenccedilatildeo de informaccedilatildeo de um produto de forma discreta Vocecirc pode alterar o paracircmetro t221 ou outras configuraccedilotildees das partidas e inversores para se adequarem agrave sua aplicaccedilatildeo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 15

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3

O Controlador Inteligente de Motor SMC-3 deve ser ajustado para o contator de isolaccedilatildeo e para as configuraccedilotildees adequadas para o motor Abaixo estatildeo as configuraccedilotildees de minisseletora utilizadas pelo controlador SMC-3 e os passos para alteraacute-los

DICA O 140M MPCB especificado na lista de materiais para este componente fundamental possui uma classe de desarme de 10 Contudo se vocecirc desejar utilizar as configuraccedilotildees da classe de desarme de sobrecarga no controlador SMC-3 vocecirc pode trocar o 140M MPCB pelo 140M MCP

16 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

1 Ajuste as configuraccedilotildees da minisseletora conforme as necessidades de partida de seu motor utilizando o graacutefico abaixo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 17

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

2 Certifique-se de que a minisseletora 14 estaacute configurada como Normal (desligado)

Isso iraacute introduzir o contator de isolaccedilatildeo quando o SMC-3 tiver recebido o sinal de entrada A minisseletora 14 tambeacutem iraacute fechar o contato aux NA instalado lateralmente quando a partida atingir a velocidade O fechamento desse contato aux enviaraacute o sinal de volta ao controlador MicroLogix

3 Se mudar para um MCP ajuste as minisseletoras 11 e 12 para a classe de desarme de sobrecarga adequada

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

IMPORTANTE A partida 103T utiliza um MCP (Protetor de Circuito de Motor) 140M o qual utiliza uma sobrecarga separada E1 Plus que deve ser ajustada conforme as necessidades de seu sistema

A partida 190E a partida SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M tecircm de ter o mostrador de sobrecarga definido nos MPCB (Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do Motor) 140M

18 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 2

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Introduccedilatildeo

Neste capiacutetulo vocecirc verifica se a comunicaccedilatildeo entre o controlador MicroLogix e as partidas discretas individuais e entre o controlador MicroLogix e o terminal PanelView Component (PVc) estaacute ocorrendo como planejado Para ligar e desligar utilizando o terminal PVc eacute necessaacuterio que a chave HOA externa esteja na posiccedilatildeo Auto No modo Manual o terminal PVc ainda pode ler o status das partidas e inversores mas natildeo possui capacidades ligadesliga

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se realizou todos os passos do Capiacutetulo 3 do documento

bull Verifique se concluiu todas as etapas do Capiacutetulo 1 deste documento

bull Verifique se todos os dispositivos estatildeo conectados conforme o esquema eleacutetrico em CAD de Controle de Motor Simples no Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Verifique se o controlador MicroLogix o inversor PowerFlex e o terminal PVc estatildeo sendo alimentados

19Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 19

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Microcomputador com navegador Internet Explorer 7 ou Firefox

bull Terminal PanelView Component

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidas

bull Inversor PowerFlex 4M

bull Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBR

bull Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TE

bull Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser pedidas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute pedir a partidas inteiras Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

bull Controlador MicroLogix 1100 ou 1400

bull Cabo serial coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1761-CBL-PM02

bull Cabo USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 2711C-CBL-UU02 ou similar

Siga estas etapas

Siga essas etapas para verificar se haacute comunicaccedilatildeo entre seus dispositivos e para testar o sistema

Iniacutecio

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador paacutegina 21

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador

MicroLogix paacutegina 22

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

paacutegina 25

20 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador

O ambiente tempo de projeto PanelView Explorer eacute acessado por meio de um navegador de web conectando seu computador ao terminal PVc por meio de uma conexatildeo USB Antes de conectar seu computador agrave porta USB do terminal PVc vocecirc deve instalar o driver do Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS em um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista Apoacutes instalar o driver vocecirc pode conectar o terminal PVc ao seu computador Para obter detalhes sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do driver consulte PanelView Component Terminal User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Conexotildees USB do Terminal PVc

Todos os terminais do PanelView Component suportam uma conexatildeo por porta USB e requerem um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista bem como o driver de Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS instalado O driver natildeo pode ser instalado em um computador com sistema operacional Windows 2000

1 Conecte uma das extremidades de um cabo USB agrave porta de dispositivo mini-USB em seu terminal PVc

2 Conecte a outra extremidade do cabo USB a uma porta USB em seu microcomputador

3 Energize o terminal PVc e o microcomputador

Janela de Partida do PanelView Explorer

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 21

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador MicroLogix

O terminal PanelView Component (PVc) com tela touchscreen monocromaacutetica de 3 polegadas comunica-se com o controlador MicroLogix pela rede DF1 A aplicaccedilatildeo PVc lecirc e grava na tabela de dados do controlador MicroLogix Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo PVc grava no controlador MicroLogix o programa do controlador detecta a alteraccedilatildeo de valor e grava esse novo valor no inversor partida suave ou partida discreta apropriados

1 Conecte o microcomputador ao terminal PVc usando um cabo USB

2 Conecte o terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix usando o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02

3 Inicie o Internet Explorer 7 ou o Firefox 20

4 Na barra de endereccedilos de seu navegador digite o endereccedilo de IP 1692542542 (Esse eacute um endereccedilo de IP fixo utilizado pela porta USB)

5 Pressione Enter para conectar seu microcomputador ao terminal PVc

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02

Porta USB

Porta USB

Controlador MicroLogix

1761-CBL-PM02

22 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

6 Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo na caixa de diaacutelogo do painel do PVc e clique em Edit

7 Na caixa de diaacutelogo Edit clique na guia Communication

A caixa de diaacutelogo a seguir eacute exibida

8 Clique sobre Serial em Protocol e selecione DF1 na lista suspensa

9 Em PanelView Component Settings certifique-se de que o Station Address seja 2

Botatildeo Validate

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 23

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

10 Em Controller Settings

a Aceite o nome-padratildeo ldquoPLC-1rdquob Selecione MicroLogix no campo Controller Typec No campo Address insira 1

11 Clique em Validate

12 Clique em Salvar

13 Clique em Switch to PanelView Explorer Startup

14 Na janela Application Dashboard selecione a aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting Building Block

15 Clique em Run para executar a aplicaccedilatildeo

Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview

Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo do PVc estaacute sendo executada todos os inversores ou partidas habilitados satildeo exibidos na tela Starters Overview como ldquo140M Onrdquo ldquoRunningrdquo ou ldquoFaultrdquo Para facilitar a utilizaccedilatildeo desse programa pelo OEM o cabeccedilalho referente agrave partida permanece geneacuterico com referecircncia agrave habilidade de alterar partidas sem a necessidade de alterar a primeira paacutegina do PVc Para alterar os bototildees em si consulte o manual de usuaacuterio dos Terminais IHM do PanelView Component

bull ldquoM1rdquo eacute designado para o controlador SMC-3

bull ldquoM2rdquo eacute designado para a partida 103T

bull ldquoM3rdquo eacute designado para o inversor PF 4M

bull ldquoM4rdquo eacute designado para a partida 190E

24 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB ltFEFF005500740069006c0069007a006500200065007300740061007300200063006f006e00660069006700750072006100e700f5006500730020007000610072006100200063007200690061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200063006f006d00200075006d0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100e700e3006f0020006500200069006d0070007200650073007300e3006f00200061006400650071007500610064006100730020007000610072006100200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200063006f006d0065007200630069006100690073002e0020004f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200070006f00640065006d0020007300650072002000610062006500720074006f007300200063006f006d0020006f0020004100630072006f006200610074002c002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006500200070006f00730074006500720069006f0072002egt DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 5: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Sumaacuterio

PrefaacutecioIntroduccedilatildeo 7Convenccedilotildees Utilizadas Neste Manual 8Recursos adicionais 9

Capiacutetulo 1Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Introduccedilatildeo 11Antes de comeccedilar 11O que eacute necessaacuterio 12Siga estas etapas 12Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M 13Ajuste o controlador SMC-3 16Recursos adicionais 18

Capiacutetulo 2Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Introduccedilatildeo 19Antes de comeccedilar 19O que eacute necessaacuterio 20Siga estas etapas 20Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador 21Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com

o Controlador MicroLogix 22Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview 24

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting 25Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting 25Compreendendo as Falhas 28Teste o Controlador SMC-3 29Testando outros Inversores e Partidas 30

Recursos adicionais 30Suporte da Rockwell Automation 32

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 5

Sumaacuterio

Observaccedilotildees

6 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Prefaacutecio

Introduccedilatildeo Este guia de iniacutecio raacutepido foi desenvolvido para oferecer uma maneira de implementar um componente conectado para controle de motor simples Utilizando informaccedilotildees discretas (sinais ligado-desligado simples de contatos) de um inversor PowerFlex 4M partida SMC-3 partida 103T ou partida 190E este elemento fundamental mostra um exemplo da extraccedilatildeo de informaccedilotildees baacutesicas importantes sobre o status de um motor e exibiccedilatildeo das mesmas em um terminal PanelView Component (PVc) Qualquer um desses inversores ou partidas podem ser usados O inversor PowerFlex 4M eacute utilizado neste elemento fundamental mas o procedimento eacute bem parecido para os inversores PowerFlex 4 40 40P e 400

Para auxiliar no projeto e na instalaccedilatildeo de seu sistema os arquivos de aplicaccedilatildeo e outras informaccedilotildees satildeo fornecidas no CD Connected Component Building Blocks Overview publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001 O CD fornece as listas de materiais (BOM) os diagramas CAD para fiaccedilatildeo e layout de painel programas de controle telas de interface de operaccedilatildeo e programaccedilatildeo (IHM) e mais Com essas ferramentas e o projeto incorporado das melhores praacuteticas o projetista do sistema fica livre para concentrar-se no projeto de seu controle de maacutequina e natildeo nas tarefas de supervisatildeo de projeto

No iniacutecio de cada capiacutetulo estatildeo apresentadas as informaccedilotildees abaixo Leia essas seccedilotildees com atenccedilatildeo antes de comeccedilar a trabalhar em cada capiacutetulo

bull Antes de comeccedilar - Esta seccedilatildeo lista as etapas que devem ser concluiacutedas e as decisotildees que devem ser tomadas antes de comeccedilar esse capiacutetulo Os capiacutetulos nesse guia de iniacutecio raacutepido natildeo devem necessariamente ser lidos na ordem apresentada mas esta seccedilatildeo define a preparaccedilatildeo miacutenima necessaacuteria antes de concluir o capiacutetulo atual

bull O que eacute necessaacuterio - Esta seccedilatildeo relaciona as ferramentas necessaacuterias para seguir as etapas do capiacutetulo atual Isso inclui mas natildeo estaacute limitado a hardware e software

bull Siga estas etapas - Isso ilustra as etapas no capiacutetulo atual e identifica as etapas necessaacuterias para concluir os exemplos

IMPORTANTE Use este Guia Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados junto com o Guia Raacutepido dos Elementos Fundamentais de Componentes Conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001

Consulte Recursos adicionais na paacutegina 9 para obter uma lista de documentos de Iniacutecio Raacutepido

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 7

Convenccedilotildees Utilizadas Neste Manual

Este manual utiliza as seguintes convenccedilotildees

Convenccedilatildeo Significado Exemplo

Clicar Clique uma vez com o botatildeo esquerdo do mouse Clique em Edit

Digitar Aquilo que vocecirc digita no teclado Digite o endereccedilo de IP

Clicar com o botatildeo direito do mouse

Clique com o botatildeo direito do mouse uma vez enquanto o cursor estaacute posicionado sobre o objeto ou a seleccedilatildeo

Clique com o botatildeo direito do mouse no iacutecone do barramento 1768

Selecionar Use o mouse para destacar determinada opccedilatildeo Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo

Pressionar Pressionar uma tecla especiacutefica no teclado ou no teclado do PowerFlex 4M Pressione Enter

Tocar Tocar em um botatildeo especiacutefico no terminal PanelView Component (PVc) Toque no botatildeo Start

8 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Recursos adicionais

Recurso Descriccedilatildeo

Guia Raacutepido dos Elementos Fundamentais dos Componentes Conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como selecionar produtos e obter acesso a informaccedilotildees do painel e da fiaccedilatildeo

CD Connected Component Building Blocks Overview publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

Fornece os arquivos para os elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados

Coacuted cat 150 SMC-3 (1-37A)SMC-Delta (1-32A) Moacutedulos de Conexatildeo de Partida Suave 41053-173-01 (1)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre os moacutedulos de conexatildeo com o SMC-3

Cod cat 150 SMC-3 Partida Suave (3-37A) 41053-167-01 (5)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilotildees do SMC-3

Cod cat 193 E1 Plus Releacute de Sobrecarga 41053-358-01 (3)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilotildees da sobrecarga

Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do MotorProtetores de Circuito de Motor 21-301-951-01

Fornece instruccedilotildees de instalaccedilatildeo para o MPCB e o MCP

Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados de controle de posicionamento publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS003

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros do inversor PowerFlex 40P com o programa RSLogix 500 preacute-configurado que controla seu sistema de base incluindo dicas de aplicaccedilatildeo bem como sobre a implementaccedilatildeo da funcionalidade de restauraccedilatildeo e backup dos paracircmetros do inversor

MicroLogix 1100 Programmable Controllers User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 1763-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o controlador programaacutevel MicroLogix 1100

MicroLogix 1400 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 1766-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o controlador programaacutevel MicroLogix 1400

PanelView Component Quick Start Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-QS001A

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como utilizar o PanelView component

PanelView Component Operator Terminals User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o terminais IHM do PanelView Component

Manual do usuaacuterio do PowerFlex 4M publicaccedilatildeo 22F-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 4M incluindo fiaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo de paracircmetros

PowerFlex 4 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22A-UM001 Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 4 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

PowerFlex 40 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22B-UM001 Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 40 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

PowerFlex 40P User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22D-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 40P incluindo fiaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo de paracircmetros

PowerFlex 400 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22C-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 400 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

httpwwwabcomdrivesdriveexplorer Fornece acesso ao software DriveExplorerLite

httpwwwabcom Fornece acesso ao website Allen-Bradley

httprockwellautomationcomknowledgebase Daacute acesso ao auto-atendimento de suporte

httpwwwrockwellautomationcomcomponentsconnected

Fornece acesso ao website dos Componentes Conectados

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 9

Observaccedilotildees

10 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 1

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Introduccedilatildeo

Este capiacutetulo conteacutem instruccedilotildees para a configuraccedilatildeo do inversor PowerFlex 4M e do Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3

Vocecirc iraacute configurar dois paracircmetros no inversor PowerFlex 4M Esses satildeo os paracircmetros baacutesicos que precisam ser alterados em relaccedilatildeo aos valores ajustados de faacutebrica para que seja estabelecida realimentaccedilatildeo adequada aos controladores MicroLogix Para a aplicaccedilatildeo de sua maacutequina poderaacute ser necessaacuterio ajustar tambeacutem outros paracircmetros do inversor Consulte a documentaccedilatildeo de seu inversor para obter informaccedilotildees sobre outros paracircmetros de inversor

Vocecirc tambeacutem iraacute definir as minisseletoras no Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 necessaacuterias para enviar realimentaccedilatildeo discreta adequada ao controlador MicroLogix

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se seguiu todas as recomendaccedilotildees de projeto e instalaccedilatildeo de hardware e a instalaccedilatildeo do software

bull Ligue o inversor

11Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 11

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidasndash Inversor PowerFlex Classe 4 (O inversor PowerFlex 4M eacute utilizado neste documento)

bull No caso dos inversores PowerFlex 4M 4 40 e 400 existe um teclado e uma tela incorporados para ediccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

bull No caso do inversor PowerFlex 40P para editar os paracircmetros vocecirc precisa de

- uma interface portaacutetil coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 22-HIM-A3ou

- software DriveExplorer instalado no microcomputador e uma interface USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1203-USB

ndash Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBRndash Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TEndash Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser encomendadas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute encomendar a partida inteira Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

Siga estas etapas

Siga esses passos para configurar os paracircmetros nos inversores e definir as minisseletoras no Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3

Iniacutecio

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M paacutegina 13

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3 paacutegina 16

12 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M

Os paracircmetros-padratildeo de faacutebrica permitem que o inversor seja controlado a partir do teclado integral Natildeo eacute necessaacuteria programaccedilatildeo para ligar desligar mudar a direccedilatildeo e controlar a velocidade diretamente a partir do teclado integral

Contudo para esse elemento fundamental vocecirc iraacute definir o paracircmetro P106 [Start Source] em controle de 2 fios No exemplo para esse elemento fundamental o inversor PF 4M eacute utilizado em um modo natildeo-reversor de Controle SRC de dois fios (sourcing interno) SRC eacute o padratildeo para um inversor novo Se o seu inversor tiver sido utilizado anteriormente certifique-se de que a chave SNKSRC (sinksource) abaixo da cobertura frontal do inversor PF 4M estaacute definida em SRC Consulte o manual do usuaacuterio do inversor PF 4M para as necessidades especiacuteficas natildeo exibidas neste exemplo

Aleacutem disso vocecirc iraacute mudar o paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Sel] para exibir ldquoMotorRunningrdquo uma vez que esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor Consulte Testando outros Inversores e Partidas paacutegina 30 para obter detalhes

Siga esse procedimento para alterar os paracircmetros P106 [Start Source] e t221 [Relay Out Sel] utilizando o teclado PowerFlex 4M explicado abaixo

Teclado do PowerFlex 4M

Tecla Nome da tecla Descriccedilatildeo

Escapebull Volta uma etapa no modo de Programa

bull Cancela uma alteraccedilatildeo no valor do paracircmetro e sai do modo de Programa

Selecionarbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Seleciona um diacutegito ao exibir um valor de um paracircmetro

Seta acimabull Percorre os grupos e paracircmetros

bull Aumenta ou diminui o valor do diacutegito que pisca

Seta abaixo

Enterbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Salva uma alteraccedilatildeo de um valor de paracircmetro

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 13

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

1 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

2 Pressione Sel ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda pisque

3 Pressione a seta abaixo ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda exibido seja um ldquoPrdquo piscando

4 Pressione Enter

O ldquoPrdquo natildeo pisca mais e a tecla numeacuterica mais agrave direita pisca

Por padratildeo o primeiro paracircmetro ldquoPrdquo P101 eacute exibido Pressionar a seta acima aumenta o valor dos paracircmetros ldquoPrdquo e pressionar a seta abaixo diminui o valor dos mesmos

5 Pressione a seta acima cinco vezes ateacute exibir P106

O valor atual do paracircmetro P106 eacute exibido nesse caso ldquo0rdquo

6 Pressione Enter

O ldquo0rdquo pisca

7 Pressione a seta acima duas vezes para ajustar o valor para ldquo2rdquo

8 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito

O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

9 Pressione Esc

P106 deve ser exibido com o ldquo6rdquo piscando

10 Pressione Esc ateacute que o ldquoPrdquo esteja piscando no caractere alfanumeacuterico mais agrave esquerda

11 Pressione a seta acima ou abaixo para rolar pelo menu de grupo ateacute ldquotrdquo

12 Pressione Enter

O ldquo1rdquo pisca

Desligue o inversor antes de alterar o paracircmetro P106

14 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

13 Pressione e segure a seta acima ateacute alcanccedilar ldquo221rdquo

Se vocecirc passar do valor pressione a seta abaixo ateacute retornar a ldquo221rdquo

14 Pressione Enter duas vezes de forma que ldquo0rdquo pisque

15 Pressione a seta acima para mover para o valor ldquo2rdquo

16 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

17 Pressione Esc

Agora o paracircmetro t221 deve ser exibido com o ldquo1rdquo piscando

18 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

19 Desligue o inversor ateacute o visor apagar e ligue-o novamente

Agora o inversor estaacute configurado para ser controlado por bototildees pulsadores e comandos de comunicaccedilatildeo iniciados a partir do controlador MicroLogix

Como em todos os elementos fundamentais esses satildeo exemplos da obtenccedilatildeo de informaccedilatildeo de um produto de forma discreta Vocecirc pode alterar o paracircmetro t221 ou outras configuraccedilotildees das partidas e inversores para se adequarem agrave sua aplicaccedilatildeo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 15

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3

O Controlador Inteligente de Motor SMC-3 deve ser ajustado para o contator de isolaccedilatildeo e para as configuraccedilotildees adequadas para o motor Abaixo estatildeo as configuraccedilotildees de minisseletora utilizadas pelo controlador SMC-3 e os passos para alteraacute-los

DICA O 140M MPCB especificado na lista de materiais para este componente fundamental possui uma classe de desarme de 10 Contudo se vocecirc desejar utilizar as configuraccedilotildees da classe de desarme de sobrecarga no controlador SMC-3 vocecirc pode trocar o 140M MPCB pelo 140M MCP

16 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

1 Ajuste as configuraccedilotildees da minisseletora conforme as necessidades de partida de seu motor utilizando o graacutefico abaixo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 17

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

2 Certifique-se de que a minisseletora 14 estaacute configurada como Normal (desligado)

Isso iraacute introduzir o contator de isolaccedilatildeo quando o SMC-3 tiver recebido o sinal de entrada A minisseletora 14 tambeacutem iraacute fechar o contato aux NA instalado lateralmente quando a partida atingir a velocidade O fechamento desse contato aux enviaraacute o sinal de volta ao controlador MicroLogix

3 Se mudar para um MCP ajuste as minisseletoras 11 e 12 para a classe de desarme de sobrecarga adequada

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

IMPORTANTE A partida 103T utiliza um MCP (Protetor de Circuito de Motor) 140M o qual utiliza uma sobrecarga separada E1 Plus que deve ser ajustada conforme as necessidades de seu sistema

A partida 190E a partida SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M tecircm de ter o mostrador de sobrecarga definido nos MPCB (Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do Motor) 140M

18 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 2

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Introduccedilatildeo

Neste capiacutetulo vocecirc verifica se a comunicaccedilatildeo entre o controlador MicroLogix e as partidas discretas individuais e entre o controlador MicroLogix e o terminal PanelView Component (PVc) estaacute ocorrendo como planejado Para ligar e desligar utilizando o terminal PVc eacute necessaacuterio que a chave HOA externa esteja na posiccedilatildeo Auto No modo Manual o terminal PVc ainda pode ler o status das partidas e inversores mas natildeo possui capacidades ligadesliga

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se realizou todos os passos do Capiacutetulo 3 do documento

bull Verifique se concluiu todas as etapas do Capiacutetulo 1 deste documento

bull Verifique se todos os dispositivos estatildeo conectados conforme o esquema eleacutetrico em CAD de Controle de Motor Simples no Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Verifique se o controlador MicroLogix o inversor PowerFlex e o terminal PVc estatildeo sendo alimentados

19Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 19

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Microcomputador com navegador Internet Explorer 7 ou Firefox

bull Terminal PanelView Component

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidas

bull Inversor PowerFlex 4M

bull Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBR

bull Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TE

bull Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser pedidas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute pedir a partidas inteiras Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

bull Controlador MicroLogix 1100 ou 1400

bull Cabo serial coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1761-CBL-PM02

bull Cabo USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 2711C-CBL-UU02 ou similar

Siga estas etapas

Siga essas etapas para verificar se haacute comunicaccedilatildeo entre seus dispositivos e para testar o sistema

Iniacutecio

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador paacutegina 21

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador

MicroLogix paacutegina 22

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

paacutegina 25

20 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador

O ambiente tempo de projeto PanelView Explorer eacute acessado por meio de um navegador de web conectando seu computador ao terminal PVc por meio de uma conexatildeo USB Antes de conectar seu computador agrave porta USB do terminal PVc vocecirc deve instalar o driver do Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS em um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista Apoacutes instalar o driver vocecirc pode conectar o terminal PVc ao seu computador Para obter detalhes sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do driver consulte PanelView Component Terminal User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Conexotildees USB do Terminal PVc

Todos os terminais do PanelView Component suportam uma conexatildeo por porta USB e requerem um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista bem como o driver de Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS instalado O driver natildeo pode ser instalado em um computador com sistema operacional Windows 2000

1 Conecte uma das extremidades de um cabo USB agrave porta de dispositivo mini-USB em seu terminal PVc

2 Conecte a outra extremidade do cabo USB a uma porta USB em seu microcomputador

3 Energize o terminal PVc e o microcomputador

Janela de Partida do PanelView Explorer

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 21

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador MicroLogix

O terminal PanelView Component (PVc) com tela touchscreen monocromaacutetica de 3 polegadas comunica-se com o controlador MicroLogix pela rede DF1 A aplicaccedilatildeo PVc lecirc e grava na tabela de dados do controlador MicroLogix Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo PVc grava no controlador MicroLogix o programa do controlador detecta a alteraccedilatildeo de valor e grava esse novo valor no inversor partida suave ou partida discreta apropriados

1 Conecte o microcomputador ao terminal PVc usando um cabo USB

2 Conecte o terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix usando o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02

3 Inicie o Internet Explorer 7 ou o Firefox 20

4 Na barra de endereccedilos de seu navegador digite o endereccedilo de IP 1692542542 (Esse eacute um endereccedilo de IP fixo utilizado pela porta USB)

5 Pressione Enter para conectar seu microcomputador ao terminal PVc

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02

Porta USB

Porta USB

Controlador MicroLogix

1761-CBL-PM02

22 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

6 Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo na caixa de diaacutelogo do painel do PVc e clique em Edit

7 Na caixa de diaacutelogo Edit clique na guia Communication

A caixa de diaacutelogo a seguir eacute exibida

8 Clique sobre Serial em Protocol e selecione DF1 na lista suspensa

9 Em PanelView Component Settings certifique-se de que o Station Address seja 2

Botatildeo Validate

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 23

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

10 Em Controller Settings

a Aceite o nome-padratildeo ldquoPLC-1rdquob Selecione MicroLogix no campo Controller Typec No campo Address insira 1

11 Clique em Validate

12 Clique em Salvar

13 Clique em Switch to PanelView Explorer Startup

14 Na janela Application Dashboard selecione a aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting Building Block

15 Clique em Run para executar a aplicaccedilatildeo

Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview

Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo do PVc estaacute sendo executada todos os inversores ou partidas habilitados satildeo exibidos na tela Starters Overview como ldquo140M Onrdquo ldquoRunningrdquo ou ldquoFaultrdquo Para facilitar a utilizaccedilatildeo desse programa pelo OEM o cabeccedilalho referente agrave partida permanece geneacuterico com referecircncia agrave habilidade de alterar partidas sem a necessidade de alterar a primeira paacutegina do PVc Para alterar os bototildees em si consulte o manual de usuaacuterio dos Terminais IHM do PanelView Component

bull ldquoM1rdquo eacute designado para o controlador SMC-3

bull ldquoM2rdquo eacute designado para a partida 103T

bull ldquoM3rdquo eacute designado para o inversor PF 4M

bull ldquoM4rdquo eacute designado para a partida 190E

24 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA ltFEFF004f007000740069006f006e00730020007000650072006d0065007400740061006e007400200064006500200063007200e900650072002000640065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000700072006f00660065007300730069006f006e006e0065006c007300200066006900610062006c0065007300200070006f007500720020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c00690073006100740069006f006e0020006500740020006c00270069006d007000720065007300730069006f006e002e00200049006c002000650073007400200070006f0073007300690062006c0065002000640027006f00750076007200690072002000630065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000640061006e00730020004100630072006f0062006100740020006500740020005200650061006400650072002c002000760065007200730069006f006e002000200035002e00300020006f007500200075006c007400e9007200690065007500720065002egt PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 6: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Sumaacuterio

Observaccedilotildees

6 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Prefaacutecio

Introduccedilatildeo Este guia de iniacutecio raacutepido foi desenvolvido para oferecer uma maneira de implementar um componente conectado para controle de motor simples Utilizando informaccedilotildees discretas (sinais ligado-desligado simples de contatos) de um inversor PowerFlex 4M partida SMC-3 partida 103T ou partida 190E este elemento fundamental mostra um exemplo da extraccedilatildeo de informaccedilotildees baacutesicas importantes sobre o status de um motor e exibiccedilatildeo das mesmas em um terminal PanelView Component (PVc) Qualquer um desses inversores ou partidas podem ser usados O inversor PowerFlex 4M eacute utilizado neste elemento fundamental mas o procedimento eacute bem parecido para os inversores PowerFlex 4 40 40P e 400

Para auxiliar no projeto e na instalaccedilatildeo de seu sistema os arquivos de aplicaccedilatildeo e outras informaccedilotildees satildeo fornecidas no CD Connected Component Building Blocks Overview publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001 O CD fornece as listas de materiais (BOM) os diagramas CAD para fiaccedilatildeo e layout de painel programas de controle telas de interface de operaccedilatildeo e programaccedilatildeo (IHM) e mais Com essas ferramentas e o projeto incorporado das melhores praacuteticas o projetista do sistema fica livre para concentrar-se no projeto de seu controle de maacutequina e natildeo nas tarefas de supervisatildeo de projeto

No iniacutecio de cada capiacutetulo estatildeo apresentadas as informaccedilotildees abaixo Leia essas seccedilotildees com atenccedilatildeo antes de comeccedilar a trabalhar em cada capiacutetulo

bull Antes de comeccedilar - Esta seccedilatildeo lista as etapas que devem ser concluiacutedas e as decisotildees que devem ser tomadas antes de comeccedilar esse capiacutetulo Os capiacutetulos nesse guia de iniacutecio raacutepido natildeo devem necessariamente ser lidos na ordem apresentada mas esta seccedilatildeo define a preparaccedilatildeo miacutenima necessaacuteria antes de concluir o capiacutetulo atual

bull O que eacute necessaacuterio - Esta seccedilatildeo relaciona as ferramentas necessaacuterias para seguir as etapas do capiacutetulo atual Isso inclui mas natildeo estaacute limitado a hardware e software

bull Siga estas etapas - Isso ilustra as etapas no capiacutetulo atual e identifica as etapas necessaacuterias para concluir os exemplos

IMPORTANTE Use este Guia Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados junto com o Guia Raacutepido dos Elementos Fundamentais de Componentes Conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001

Consulte Recursos adicionais na paacutegina 9 para obter uma lista de documentos de Iniacutecio Raacutepido

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 7

Convenccedilotildees Utilizadas Neste Manual

Este manual utiliza as seguintes convenccedilotildees

Convenccedilatildeo Significado Exemplo

Clicar Clique uma vez com o botatildeo esquerdo do mouse Clique em Edit

Digitar Aquilo que vocecirc digita no teclado Digite o endereccedilo de IP

Clicar com o botatildeo direito do mouse

Clique com o botatildeo direito do mouse uma vez enquanto o cursor estaacute posicionado sobre o objeto ou a seleccedilatildeo

Clique com o botatildeo direito do mouse no iacutecone do barramento 1768

Selecionar Use o mouse para destacar determinada opccedilatildeo Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo

Pressionar Pressionar uma tecla especiacutefica no teclado ou no teclado do PowerFlex 4M Pressione Enter

Tocar Tocar em um botatildeo especiacutefico no terminal PanelView Component (PVc) Toque no botatildeo Start

8 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Recursos adicionais

Recurso Descriccedilatildeo

Guia Raacutepido dos Elementos Fundamentais dos Componentes Conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como selecionar produtos e obter acesso a informaccedilotildees do painel e da fiaccedilatildeo

CD Connected Component Building Blocks Overview publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

Fornece os arquivos para os elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados

Coacuted cat 150 SMC-3 (1-37A)SMC-Delta (1-32A) Moacutedulos de Conexatildeo de Partida Suave 41053-173-01 (1)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre os moacutedulos de conexatildeo com o SMC-3

Cod cat 150 SMC-3 Partida Suave (3-37A) 41053-167-01 (5)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilotildees do SMC-3

Cod cat 193 E1 Plus Releacute de Sobrecarga 41053-358-01 (3)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilotildees da sobrecarga

Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do MotorProtetores de Circuito de Motor 21-301-951-01

Fornece instruccedilotildees de instalaccedilatildeo para o MPCB e o MCP

Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados de controle de posicionamento publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS003

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros do inversor PowerFlex 40P com o programa RSLogix 500 preacute-configurado que controla seu sistema de base incluindo dicas de aplicaccedilatildeo bem como sobre a implementaccedilatildeo da funcionalidade de restauraccedilatildeo e backup dos paracircmetros do inversor

MicroLogix 1100 Programmable Controllers User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 1763-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o controlador programaacutevel MicroLogix 1100

MicroLogix 1400 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 1766-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o controlador programaacutevel MicroLogix 1400

PanelView Component Quick Start Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-QS001A

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como utilizar o PanelView component

PanelView Component Operator Terminals User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o terminais IHM do PanelView Component

Manual do usuaacuterio do PowerFlex 4M publicaccedilatildeo 22F-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 4M incluindo fiaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo de paracircmetros

PowerFlex 4 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22A-UM001 Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 4 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

PowerFlex 40 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22B-UM001 Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 40 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

PowerFlex 40P User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22D-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 40P incluindo fiaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo de paracircmetros

PowerFlex 400 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22C-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 400 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

httpwwwabcomdrivesdriveexplorer Fornece acesso ao software DriveExplorerLite

httpwwwabcom Fornece acesso ao website Allen-Bradley

httprockwellautomationcomknowledgebase Daacute acesso ao auto-atendimento de suporte

httpwwwrockwellautomationcomcomponentsconnected

Fornece acesso ao website dos Componentes Conectados

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 9

Observaccedilotildees

10 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 1

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Introduccedilatildeo

Este capiacutetulo conteacutem instruccedilotildees para a configuraccedilatildeo do inversor PowerFlex 4M e do Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3

Vocecirc iraacute configurar dois paracircmetros no inversor PowerFlex 4M Esses satildeo os paracircmetros baacutesicos que precisam ser alterados em relaccedilatildeo aos valores ajustados de faacutebrica para que seja estabelecida realimentaccedilatildeo adequada aos controladores MicroLogix Para a aplicaccedilatildeo de sua maacutequina poderaacute ser necessaacuterio ajustar tambeacutem outros paracircmetros do inversor Consulte a documentaccedilatildeo de seu inversor para obter informaccedilotildees sobre outros paracircmetros de inversor

Vocecirc tambeacutem iraacute definir as minisseletoras no Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 necessaacuterias para enviar realimentaccedilatildeo discreta adequada ao controlador MicroLogix

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se seguiu todas as recomendaccedilotildees de projeto e instalaccedilatildeo de hardware e a instalaccedilatildeo do software

bull Ligue o inversor

11Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 11

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidasndash Inversor PowerFlex Classe 4 (O inversor PowerFlex 4M eacute utilizado neste documento)

bull No caso dos inversores PowerFlex 4M 4 40 e 400 existe um teclado e uma tela incorporados para ediccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

bull No caso do inversor PowerFlex 40P para editar os paracircmetros vocecirc precisa de

- uma interface portaacutetil coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 22-HIM-A3ou

- software DriveExplorer instalado no microcomputador e uma interface USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1203-USB

ndash Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBRndash Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TEndash Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser encomendadas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute encomendar a partida inteira Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

Siga estas etapas

Siga esses passos para configurar os paracircmetros nos inversores e definir as minisseletoras no Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3

Iniacutecio

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M paacutegina 13

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3 paacutegina 16

12 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M

Os paracircmetros-padratildeo de faacutebrica permitem que o inversor seja controlado a partir do teclado integral Natildeo eacute necessaacuteria programaccedilatildeo para ligar desligar mudar a direccedilatildeo e controlar a velocidade diretamente a partir do teclado integral

Contudo para esse elemento fundamental vocecirc iraacute definir o paracircmetro P106 [Start Source] em controle de 2 fios No exemplo para esse elemento fundamental o inversor PF 4M eacute utilizado em um modo natildeo-reversor de Controle SRC de dois fios (sourcing interno) SRC eacute o padratildeo para um inversor novo Se o seu inversor tiver sido utilizado anteriormente certifique-se de que a chave SNKSRC (sinksource) abaixo da cobertura frontal do inversor PF 4M estaacute definida em SRC Consulte o manual do usuaacuterio do inversor PF 4M para as necessidades especiacuteficas natildeo exibidas neste exemplo

Aleacutem disso vocecirc iraacute mudar o paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Sel] para exibir ldquoMotorRunningrdquo uma vez que esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor Consulte Testando outros Inversores e Partidas paacutegina 30 para obter detalhes

Siga esse procedimento para alterar os paracircmetros P106 [Start Source] e t221 [Relay Out Sel] utilizando o teclado PowerFlex 4M explicado abaixo

Teclado do PowerFlex 4M

Tecla Nome da tecla Descriccedilatildeo

Escapebull Volta uma etapa no modo de Programa

bull Cancela uma alteraccedilatildeo no valor do paracircmetro e sai do modo de Programa

Selecionarbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Seleciona um diacutegito ao exibir um valor de um paracircmetro

Seta acimabull Percorre os grupos e paracircmetros

bull Aumenta ou diminui o valor do diacutegito que pisca

Seta abaixo

Enterbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Salva uma alteraccedilatildeo de um valor de paracircmetro

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 13

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

1 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

2 Pressione Sel ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda pisque

3 Pressione a seta abaixo ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda exibido seja um ldquoPrdquo piscando

4 Pressione Enter

O ldquoPrdquo natildeo pisca mais e a tecla numeacuterica mais agrave direita pisca

Por padratildeo o primeiro paracircmetro ldquoPrdquo P101 eacute exibido Pressionar a seta acima aumenta o valor dos paracircmetros ldquoPrdquo e pressionar a seta abaixo diminui o valor dos mesmos

5 Pressione a seta acima cinco vezes ateacute exibir P106

O valor atual do paracircmetro P106 eacute exibido nesse caso ldquo0rdquo

6 Pressione Enter

O ldquo0rdquo pisca

7 Pressione a seta acima duas vezes para ajustar o valor para ldquo2rdquo

8 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito

O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

9 Pressione Esc

P106 deve ser exibido com o ldquo6rdquo piscando

10 Pressione Esc ateacute que o ldquoPrdquo esteja piscando no caractere alfanumeacuterico mais agrave esquerda

11 Pressione a seta acima ou abaixo para rolar pelo menu de grupo ateacute ldquotrdquo

12 Pressione Enter

O ldquo1rdquo pisca

Desligue o inversor antes de alterar o paracircmetro P106

14 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

13 Pressione e segure a seta acima ateacute alcanccedilar ldquo221rdquo

Se vocecirc passar do valor pressione a seta abaixo ateacute retornar a ldquo221rdquo

14 Pressione Enter duas vezes de forma que ldquo0rdquo pisque

15 Pressione a seta acima para mover para o valor ldquo2rdquo

16 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

17 Pressione Esc

Agora o paracircmetro t221 deve ser exibido com o ldquo1rdquo piscando

18 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

19 Desligue o inversor ateacute o visor apagar e ligue-o novamente

Agora o inversor estaacute configurado para ser controlado por bototildees pulsadores e comandos de comunicaccedilatildeo iniciados a partir do controlador MicroLogix

Como em todos os elementos fundamentais esses satildeo exemplos da obtenccedilatildeo de informaccedilatildeo de um produto de forma discreta Vocecirc pode alterar o paracircmetro t221 ou outras configuraccedilotildees das partidas e inversores para se adequarem agrave sua aplicaccedilatildeo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 15

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3

O Controlador Inteligente de Motor SMC-3 deve ser ajustado para o contator de isolaccedilatildeo e para as configuraccedilotildees adequadas para o motor Abaixo estatildeo as configuraccedilotildees de minisseletora utilizadas pelo controlador SMC-3 e os passos para alteraacute-los

DICA O 140M MPCB especificado na lista de materiais para este componente fundamental possui uma classe de desarme de 10 Contudo se vocecirc desejar utilizar as configuraccedilotildees da classe de desarme de sobrecarga no controlador SMC-3 vocecirc pode trocar o 140M MPCB pelo 140M MCP

16 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

1 Ajuste as configuraccedilotildees da minisseletora conforme as necessidades de partida de seu motor utilizando o graacutefico abaixo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 17

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

2 Certifique-se de que a minisseletora 14 estaacute configurada como Normal (desligado)

Isso iraacute introduzir o contator de isolaccedilatildeo quando o SMC-3 tiver recebido o sinal de entrada A minisseletora 14 tambeacutem iraacute fechar o contato aux NA instalado lateralmente quando a partida atingir a velocidade O fechamento desse contato aux enviaraacute o sinal de volta ao controlador MicroLogix

3 Se mudar para um MCP ajuste as minisseletoras 11 e 12 para a classe de desarme de sobrecarga adequada

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

IMPORTANTE A partida 103T utiliza um MCP (Protetor de Circuito de Motor) 140M o qual utiliza uma sobrecarga separada E1 Plus que deve ser ajustada conforme as necessidades de seu sistema

A partida 190E a partida SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M tecircm de ter o mostrador de sobrecarga definido nos MPCB (Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do Motor) 140M

18 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 2

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Introduccedilatildeo

Neste capiacutetulo vocecirc verifica se a comunicaccedilatildeo entre o controlador MicroLogix e as partidas discretas individuais e entre o controlador MicroLogix e o terminal PanelView Component (PVc) estaacute ocorrendo como planejado Para ligar e desligar utilizando o terminal PVc eacute necessaacuterio que a chave HOA externa esteja na posiccedilatildeo Auto No modo Manual o terminal PVc ainda pode ler o status das partidas e inversores mas natildeo possui capacidades ligadesliga

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se realizou todos os passos do Capiacutetulo 3 do documento

bull Verifique se concluiu todas as etapas do Capiacutetulo 1 deste documento

bull Verifique se todos os dispositivos estatildeo conectados conforme o esquema eleacutetrico em CAD de Controle de Motor Simples no Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Verifique se o controlador MicroLogix o inversor PowerFlex e o terminal PVc estatildeo sendo alimentados

19Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 19

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Microcomputador com navegador Internet Explorer 7 ou Firefox

bull Terminal PanelView Component

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidas

bull Inversor PowerFlex 4M

bull Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBR

bull Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TE

bull Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser pedidas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute pedir a partidas inteiras Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

bull Controlador MicroLogix 1100 ou 1400

bull Cabo serial coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1761-CBL-PM02

bull Cabo USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 2711C-CBL-UU02 ou similar

Siga estas etapas

Siga essas etapas para verificar se haacute comunicaccedilatildeo entre seus dispositivos e para testar o sistema

Iniacutecio

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador paacutegina 21

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador

MicroLogix paacutegina 22

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

paacutegina 25

20 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador

O ambiente tempo de projeto PanelView Explorer eacute acessado por meio de um navegador de web conectando seu computador ao terminal PVc por meio de uma conexatildeo USB Antes de conectar seu computador agrave porta USB do terminal PVc vocecirc deve instalar o driver do Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS em um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista Apoacutes instalar o driver vocecirc pode conectar o terminal PVc ao seu computador Para obter detalhes sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do driver consulte PanelView Component Terminal User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Conexotildees USB do Terminal PVc

Todos os terminais do PanelView Component suportam uma conexatildeo por porta USB e requerem um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista bem como o driver de Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS instalado O driver natildeo pode ser instalado em um computador com sistema operacional Windows 2000

1 Conecte uma das extremidades de um cabo USB agrave porta de dispositivo mini-USB em seu terminal PVc

2 Conecte a outra extremidade do cabo USB a uma porta USB em seu microcomputador

3 Energize o terminal PVc e o microcomputador

Janela de Partida do PanelView Explorer

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 21

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador MicroLogix

O terminal PanelView Component (PVc) com tela touchscreen monocromaacutetica de 3 polegadas comunica-se com o controlador MicroLogix pela rede DF1 A aplicaccedilatildeo PVc lecirc e grava na tabela de dados do controlador MicroLogix Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo PVc grava no controlador MicroLogix o programa do controlador detecta a alteraccedilatildeo de valor e grava esse novo valor no inversor partida suave ou partida discreta apropriados

1 Conecte o microcomputador ao terminal PVc usando um cabo USB

2 Conecte o terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix usando o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02

3 Inicie o Internet Explorer 7 ou o Firefox 20

4 Na barra de endereccedilos de seu navegador digite o endereccedilo de IP 1692542542 (Esse eacute um endereccedilo de IP fixo utilizado pela porta USB)

5 Pressione Enter para conectar seu microcomputador ao terminal PVc

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02

Porta USB

Porta USB

Controlador MicroLogix

1761-CBL-PM02

22 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

6 Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo na caixa de diaacutelogo do painel do PVc e clique em Edit

7 Na caixa de diaacutelogo Edit clique na guia Communication

A caixa de diaacutelogo a seguir eacute exibida

8 Clique sobre Serial em Protocol e selecione DF1 na lista suspensa

9 Em PanelView Component Settings certifique-se de que o Station Address seja 2

Botatildeo Validate

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 23

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

10 Em Controller Settings

a Aceite o nome-padratildeo ldquoPLC-1rdquob Selecione MicroLogix no campo Controller Typec No campo Address insira 1

11 Clique em Validate

12 Clique em Salvar

13 Clique em Switch to PanelView Explorer Startup

14 Na janela Application Dashboard selecione a aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting Building Block

15 Clique em Run para executar a aplicaccedilatildeo

Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview

Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo do PVc estaacute sendo executada todos os inversores ou partidas habilitados satildeo exibidos na tela Starters Overview como ldquo140M Onrdquo ldquoRunningrdquo ou ldquoFaultrdquo Para facilitar a utilizaccedilatildeo desse programa pelo OEM o cabeccedilalho referente agrave partida permanece geneacuterico com referecircncia agrave habilidade de alterar partidas sem a necessidade de alterar a primeira paacutegina do PVc Para alterar os bototildees em si consulte o manual de usuaacuterio dos Terminais IHM do PanelView Component

bull ldquoM1rdquo eacute designado para o controlador SMC-3

bull ldquoM2rdquo eacute designado para a partida 103T

bull ldquoM3rdquo eacute designado para o inversor PF 4M

bull ldquoM4rdquo eacute designado para a partida 190E

24 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA ltFEFF004f007000740069006f006e00730020007000650072006d0065007400740061006e007400200064006500200063007200e900650072002000640065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000700072006f00660065007300730069006f006e006e0065006c007300200066006900610062006c0065007300200070006f007500720020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c00690073006100740069006f006e0020006500740020006c00270069006d007000720065007300730069006f006e002e00200049006c002000650073007400200070006f0073007300690062006c0065002000640027006f00750076007200690072002000630065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000640061006e00730020004100630072006f0062006100740020006500740020005200650061006400650072002c002000760065007200730069006f006e002000200035002e00300020006f007500200075006c007400e9007200690065007500720065002egt PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 7: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Prefaacutecio

Introduccedilatildeo Este guia de iniacutecio raacutepido foi desenvolvido para oferecer uma maneira de implementar um componente conectado para controle de motor simples Utilizando informaccedilotildees discretas (sinais ligado-desligado simples de contatos) de um inversor PowerFlex 4M partida SMC-3 partida 103T ou partida 190E este elemento fundamental mostra um exemplo da extraccedilatildeo de informaccedilotildees baacutesicas importantes sobre o status de um motor e exibiccedilatildeo das mesmas em um terminal PanelView Component (PVc) Qualquer um desses inversores ou partidas podem ser usados O inversor PowerFlex 4M eacute utilizado neste elemento fundamental mas o procedimento eacute bem parecido para os inversores PowerFlex 4 40 40P e 400

Para auxiliar no projeto e na instalaccedilatildeo de seu sistema os arquivos de aplicaccedilatildeo e outras informaccedilotildees satildeo fornecidas no CD Connected Component Building Blocks Overview publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001 O CD fornece as listas de materiais (BOM) os diagramas CAD para fiaccedilatildeo e layout de painel programas de controle telas de interface de operaccedilatildeo e programaccedilatildeo (IHM) e mais Com essas ferramentas e o projeto incorporado das melhores praacuteticas o projetista do sistema fica livre para concentrar-se no projeto de seu controle de maacutequina e natildeo nas tarefas de supervisatildeo de projeto

No iniacutecio de cada capiacutetulo estatildeo apresentadas as informaccedilotildees abaixo Leia essas seccedilotildees com atenccedilatildeo antes de comeccedilar a trabalhar em cada capiacutetulo

bull Antes de comeccedilar - Esta seccedilatildeo lista as etapas que devem ser concluiacutedas e as decisotildees que devem ser tomadas antes de comeccedilar esse capiacutetulo Os capiacutetulos nesse guia de iniacutecio raacutepido natildeo devem necessariamente ser lidos na ordem apresentada mas esta seccedilatildeo define a preparaccedilatildeo miacutenima necessaacuteria antes de concluir o capiacutetulo atual

bull O que eacute necessaacuterio - Esta seccedilatildeo relaciona as ferramentas necessaacuterias para seguir as etapas do capiacutetulo atual Isso inclui mas natildeo estaacute limitado a hardware e software

bull Siga estas etapas - Isso ilustra as etapas no capiacutetulo atual e identifica as etapas necessaacuterias para concluir os exemplos

IMPORTANTE Use este Guia Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados junto com o Guia Raacutepido dos Elementos Fundamentais de Componentes Conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001

Consulte Recursos adicionais na paacutegina 9 para obter uma lista de documentos de Iniacutecio Raacutepido

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 7

Convenccedilotildees Utilizadas Neste Manual

Este manual utiliza as seguintes convenccedilotildees

Convenccedilatildeo Significado Exemplo

Clicar Clique uma vez com o botatildeo esquerdo do mouse Clique em Edit

Digitar Aquilo que vocecirc digita no teclado Digite o endereccedilo de IP

Clicar com o botatildeo direito do mouse

Clique com o botatildeo direito do mouse uma vez enquanto o cursor estaacute posicionado sobre o objeto ou a seleccedilatildeo

Clique com o botatildeo direito do mouse no iacutecone do barramento 1768

Selecionar Use o mouse para destacar determinada opccedilatildeo Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo

Pressionar Pressionar uma tecla especiacutefica no teclado ou no teclado do PowerFlex 4M Pressione Enter

Tocar Tocar em um botatildeo especiacutefico no terminal PanelView Component (PVc) Toque no botatildeo Start

8 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Recursos adicionais

Recurso Descriccedilatildeo

Guia Raacutepido dos Elementos Fundamentais dos Componentes Conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como selecionar produtos e obter acesso a informaccedilotildees do painel e da fiaccedilatildeo

CD Connected Component Building Blocks Overview publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

Fornece os arquivos para os elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados

Coacuted cat 150 SMC-3 (1-37A)SMC-Delta (1-32A) Moacutedulos de Conexatildeo de Partida Suave 41053-173-01 (1)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre os moacutedulos de conexatildeo com o SMC-3

Cod cat 150 SMC-3 Partida Suave (3-37A) 41053-167-01 (5)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilotildees do SMC-3

Cod cat 193 E1 Plus Releacute de Sobrecarga 41053-358-01 (3)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilotildees da sobrecarga

Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do MotorProtetores de Circuito de Motor 21-301-951-01

Fornece instruccedilotildees de instalaccedilatildeo para o MPCB e o MCP

Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados de controle de posicionamento publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS003

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros do inversor PowerFlex 40P com o programa RSLogix 500 preacute-configurado que controla seu sistema de base incluindo dicas de aplicaccedilatildeo bem como sobre a implementaccedilatildeo da funcionalidade de restauraccedilatildeo e backup dos paracircmetros do inversor

MicroLogix 1100 Programmable Controllers User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 1763-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o controlador programaacutevel MicroLogix 1100

MicroLogix 1400 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 1766-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o controlador programaacutevel MicroLogix 1400

PanelView Component Quick Start Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-QS001A

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como utilizar o PanelView component

PanelView Component Operator Terminals User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o terminais IHM do PanelView Component

Manual do usuaacuterio do PowerFlex 4M publicaccedilatildeo 22F-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 4M incluindo fiaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo de paracircmetros

PowerFlex 4 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22A-UM001 Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 4 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

PowerFlex 40 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22B-UM001 Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 40 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

PowerFlex 40P User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22D-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 40P incluindo fiaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo de paracircmetros

PowerFlex 400 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22C-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 400 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

httpwwwabcomdrivesdriveexplorer Fornece acesso ao software DriveExplorerLite

httpwwwabcom Fornece acesso ao website Allen-Bradley

httprockwellautomationcomknowledgebase Daacute acesso ao auto-atendimento de suporte

httpwwwrockwellautomationcomcomponentsconnected

Fornece acesso ao website dos Componentes Conectados

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 9

Observaccedilotildees

10 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 1

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Introduccedilatildeo

Este capiacutetulo conteacutem instruccedilotildees para a configuraccedilatildeo do inversor PowerFlex 4M e do Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3

Vocecirc iraacute configurar dois paracircmetros no inversor PowerFlex 4M Esses satildeo os paracircmetros baacutesicos que precisam ser alterados em relaccedilatildeo aos valores ajustados de faacutebrica para que seja estabelecida realimentaccedilatildeo adequada aos controladores MicroLogix Para a aplicaccedilatildeo de sua maacutequina poderaacute ser necessaacuterio ajustar tambeacutem outros paracircmetros do inversor Consulte a documentaccedilatildeo de seu inversor para obter informaccedilotildees sobre outros paracircmetros de inversor

Vocecirc tambeacutem iraacute definir as minisseletoras no Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 necessaacuterias para enviar realimentaccedilatildeo discreta adequada ao controlador MicroLogix

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se seguiu todas as recomendaccedilotildees de projeto e instalaccedilatildeo de hardware e a instalaccedilatildeo do software

bull Ligue o inversor

11Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 11

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidasndash Inversor PowerFlex Classe 4 (O inversor PowerFlex 4M eacute utilizado neste documento)

bull No caso dos inversores PowerFlex 4M 4 40 e 400 existe um teclado e uma tela incorporados para ediccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

bull No caso do inversor PowerFlex 40P para editar os paracircmetros vocecirc precisa de

- uma interface portaacutetil coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 22-HIM-A3ou

- software DriveExplorer instalado no microcomputador e uma interface USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1203-USB

ndash Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBRndash Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TEndash Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser encomendadas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute encomendar a partida inteira Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

Siga estas etapas

Siga esses passos para configurar os paracircmetros nos inversores e definir as minisseletoras no Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3

Iniacutecio

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M paacutegina 13

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3 paacutegina 16

12 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M

Os paracircmetros-padratildeo de faacutebrica permitem que o inversor seja controlado a partir do teclado integral Natildeo eacute necessaacuteria programaccedilatildeo para ligar desligar mudar a direccedilatildeo e controlar a velocidade diretamente a partir do teclado integral

Contudo para esse elemento fundamental vocecirc iraacute definir o paracircmetro P106 [Start Source] em controle de 2 fios No exemplo para esse elemento fundamental o inversor PF 4M eacute utilizado em um modo natildeo-reversor de Controle SRC de dois fios (sourcing interno) SRC eacute o padratildeo para um inversor novo Se o seu inversor tiver sido utilizado anteriormente certifique-se de que a chave SNKSRC (sinksource) abaixo da cobertura frontal do inversor PF 4M estaacute definida em SRC Consulte o manual do usuaacuterio do inversor PF 4M para as necessidades especiacuteficas natildeo exibidas neste exemplo

Aleacutem disso vocecirc iraacute mudar o paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Sel] para exibir ldquoMotorRunningrdquo uma vez que esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor Consulte Testando outros Inversores e Partidas paacutegina 30 para obter detalhes

Siga esse procedimento para alterar os paracircmetros P106 [Start Source] e t221 [Relay Out Sel] utilizando o teclado PowerFlex 4M explicado abaixo

Teclado do PowerFlex 4M

Tecla Nome da tecla Descriccedilatildeo

Escapebull Volta uma etapa no modo de Programa

bull Cancela uma alteraccedilatildeo no valor do paracircmetro e sai do modo de Programa

Selecionarbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Seleciona um diacutegito ao exibir um valor de um paracircmetro

Seta acimabull Percorre os grupos e paracircmetros

bull Aumenta ou diminui o valor do diacutegito que pisca

Seta abaixo

Enterbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Salva uma alteraccedilatildeo de um valor de paracircmetro

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 13

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

1 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

2 Pressione Sel ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda pisque

3 Pressione a seta abaixo ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda exibido seja um ldquoPrdquo piscando

4 Pressione Enter

O ldquoPrdquo natildeo pisca mais e a tecla numeacuterica mais agrave direita pisca

Por padratildeo o primeiro paracircmetro ldquoPrdquo P101 eacute exibido Pressionar a seta acima aumenta o valor dos paracircmetros ldquoPrdquo e pressionar a seta abaixo diminui o valor dos mesmos

5 Pressione a seta acima cinco vezes ateacute exibir P106

O valor atual do paracircmetro P106 eacute exibido nesse caso ldquo0rdquo

6 Pressione Enter

O ldquo0rdquo pisca

7 Pressione a seta acima duas vezes para ajustar o valor para ldquo2rdquo

8 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito

O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

9 Pressione Esc

P106 deve ser exibido com o ldquo6rdquo piscando

10 Pressione Esc ateacute que o ldquoPrdquo esteja piscando no caractere alfanumeacuterico mais agrave esquerda

11 Pressione a seta acima ou abaixo para rolar pelo menu de grupo ateacute ldquotrdquo

12 Pressione Enter

O ldquo1rdquo pisca

Desligue o inversor antes de alterar o paracircmetro P106

14 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

13 Pressione e segure a seta acima ateacute alcanccedilar ldquo221rdquo

Se vocecirc passar do valor pressione a seta abaixo ateacute retornar a ldquo221rdquo

14 Pressione Enter duas vezes de forma que ldquo0rdquo pisque

15 Pressione a seta acima para mover para o valor ldquo2rdquo

16 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

17 Pressione Esc

Agora o paracircmetro t221 deve ser exibido com o ldquo1rdquo piscando

18 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

19 Desligue o inversor ateacute o visor apagar e ligue-o novamente

Agora o inversor estaacute configurado para ser controlado por bototildees pulsadores e comandos de comunicaccedilatildeo iniciados a partir do controlador MicroLogix

Como em todos os elementos fundamentais esses satildeo exemplos da obtenccedilatildeo de informaccedilatildeo de um produto de forma discreta Vocecirc pode alterar o paracircmetro t221 ou outras configuraccedilotildees das partidas e inversores para se adequarem agrave sua aplicaccedilatildeo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 15

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3

O Controlador Inteligente de Motor SMC-3 deve ser ajustado para o contator de isolaccedilatildeo e para as configuraccedilotildees adequadas para o motor Abaixo estatildeo as configuraccedilotildees de minisseletora utilizadas pelo controlador SMC-3 e os passos para alteraacute-los

DICA O 140M MPCB especificado na lista de materiais para este componente fundamental possui uma classe de desarme de 10 Contudo se vocecirc desejar utilizar as configuraccedilotildees da classe de desarme de sobrecarga no controlador SMC-3 vocecirc pode trocar o 140M MPCB pelo 140M MCP

16 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

1 Ajuste as configuraccedilotildees da minisseletora conforme as necessidades de partida de seu motor utilizando o graacutefico abaixo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 17

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

2 Certifique-se de que a minisseletora 14 estaacute configurada como Normal (desligado)

Isso iraacute introduzir o contator de isolaccedilatildeo quando o SMC-3 tiver recebido o sinal de entrada A minisseletora 14 tambeacutem iraacute fechar o contato aux NA instalado lateralmente quando a partida atingir a velocidade O fechamento desse contato aux enviaraacute o sinal de volta ao controlador MicroLogix

3 Se mudar para um MCP ajuste as minisseletoras 11 e 12 para a classe de desarme de sobrecarga adequada

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

IMPORTANTE A partida 103T utiliza um MCP (Protetor de Circuito de Motor) 140M o qual utiliza uma sobrecarga separada E1 Plus que deve ser ajustada conforme as necessidades de seu sistema

A partida 190E a partida SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M tecircm de ter o mostrador de sobrecarga definido nos MPCB (Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do Motor) 140M

18 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 2

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Introduccedilatildeo

Neste capiacutetulo vocecirc verifica se a comunicaccedilatildeo entre o controlador MicroLogix e as partidas discretas individuais e entre o controlador MicroLogix e o terminal PanelView Component (PVc) estaacute ocorrendo como planejado Para ligar e desligar utilizando o terminal PVc eacute necessaacuterio que a chave HOA externa esteja na posiccedilatildeo Auto No modo Manual o terminal PVc ainda pode ler o status das partidas e inversores mas natildeo possui capacidades ligadesliga

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se realizou todos os passos do Capiacutetulo 3 do documento

bull Verifique se concluiu todas as etapas do Capiacutetulo 1 deste documento

bull Verifique se todos os dispositivos estatildeo conectados conforme o esquema eleacutetrico em CAD de Controle de Motor Simples no Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Verifique se o controlador MicroLogix o inversor PowerFlex e o terminal PVc estatildeo sendo alimentados

19Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 19

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Microcomputador com navegador Internet Explorer 7 ou Firefox

bull Terminal PanelView Component

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidas

bull Inversor PowerFlex 4M

bull Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBR

bull Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TE

bull Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser pedidas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute pedir a partidas inteiras Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

bull Controlador MicroLogix 1100 ou 1400

bull Cabo serial coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1761-CBL-PM02

bull Cabo USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 2711C-CBL-UU02 ou similar

Siga estas etapas

Siga essas etapas para verificar se haacute comunicaccedilatildeo entre seus dispositivos e para testar o sistema

Iniacutecio

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador paacutegina 21

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador

MicroLogix paacutegina 22

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

paacutegina 25

20 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador

O ambiente tempo de projeto PanelView Explorer eacute acessado por meio de um navegador de web conectando seu computador ao terminal PVc por meio de uma conexatildeo USB Antes de conectar seu computador agrave porta USB do terminal PVc vocecirc deve instalar o driver do Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS em um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista Apoacutes instalar o driver vocecirc pode conectar o terminal PVc ao seu computador Para obter detalhes sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do driver consulte PanelView Component Terminal User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Conexotildees USB do Terminal PVc

Todos os terminais do PanelView Component suportam uma conexatildeo por porta USB e requerem um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista bem como o driver de Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS instalado O driver natildeo pode ser instalado em um computador com sistema operacional Windows 2000

1 Conecte uma das extremidades de um cabo USB agrave porta de dispositivo mini-USB em seu terminal PVc

2 Conecte a outra extremidade do cabo USB a uma porta USB em seu microcomputador

3 Energize o terminal PVc e o microcomputador

Janela de Partida do PanelView Explorer

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 21

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador MicroLogix

O terminal PanelView Component (PVc) com tela touchscreen monocromaacutetica de 3 polegadas comunica-se com o controlador MicroLogix pela rede DF1 A aplicaccedilatildeo PVc lecirc e grava na tabela de dados do controlador MicroLogix Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo PVc grava no controlador MicroLogix o programa do controlador detecta a alteraccedilatildeo de valor e grava esse novo valor no inversor partida suave ou partida discreta apropriados

1 Conecte o microcomputador ao terminal PVc usando um cabo USB

2 Conecte o terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix usando o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02

3 Inicie o Internet Explorer 7 ou o Firefox 20

4 Na barra de endereccedilos de seu navegador digite o endereccedilo de IP 1692542542 (Esse eacute um endereccedilo de IP fixo utilizado pela porta USB)

5 Pressione Enter para conectar seu microcomputador ao terminal PVc

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02

Porta USB

Porta USB

Controlador MicroLogix

1761-CBL-PM02

22 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

6 Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo na caixa de diaacutelogo do painel do PVc e clique em Edit

7 Na caixa de diaacutelogo Edit clique na guia Communication

A caixa de diaacutelogo a seguir eacute exibida

8 Clique sobre Serial em Protocol e selecione DF1 na lista suspensa

9 Em PanelView Component Settings certifique-se de que o Station Address seja 2

Botatildeo Validate

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 23

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

10 Em Controller Settings

a Aceite o nome-padratildeo ldquoPLC-1rdquob Selecione MicroLogix no campo Controller Typec No campo Address insira 1

11 Clique em Validate

12 Clique em Salvar

13 Clique em Switch to PanelView Explorer Startup

14 Na janela Application Dashboard selecione a aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting Building Block

15 Clique em Run para executar a aplicaccedilatildeo

Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview

Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo do PVc estaacute sendo executada todos os inversores ou partidas habilitados satildeo exibidos na tela Starters Overview como ldquo140M Onrdquo ldquoRunningrdquo ou ldquoFaultrdquo Para facilitar a utilizaccedilatildeo desse programa pelo OEM o cabeccedilalho referente agrave partida permanece geneacuterico com referecircncia agrave habilidade de alterar partidas sem a necessidade de alterar a primeira paacutegina do PVc Para alterar os bototildees em si consulte o manual de usuaacuterio dos Terminais IHM do PanelView Component

bull ldquoM1rdquo eacute designado para o controlador SMC-3

bull ldquoM2rdquo eacute designado para a partida 103T

bull ldquoM3rdquo eacute designado para o inversor PF 4M

bull ldquoM4rdquo eacute designado para a partida 190E

24 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE ltFEFF0041006e007600e4006e00640020006400650020006800e4007200200069006e0073007400e4006c006c006e0069006e006700610072006e00610020006e00e40072002000640075002000760069006c006c00200073006b0061007000610020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400200073006f006d00200070006100730073006100720020006600f600720020007000e5006c00690074006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f006300680020007500740073006b0072006900660074002000610076002000610066006600e4007200730064006f006b0075006d0065006e0074002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020006b0061006e002000f600700070006e006100730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f00630068002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006c006c00650072002000730065006e006100720065002egt ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 8: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Convenccedilotildees Utilizadas Neste Manual

Este manual utiliza as seguintes convenccedilotildees

Convenccedilatildeo Significado Exemplo

Clicar Clique uma vez com o botatildeo esquerdo do mouse Clique em Edit

Digitar Aquilo que vocecirc digita no teclado Digite o endereccedilo de IP

Clicar com o botatildeo direito do mouse

Clique com o botatildeo direito do mouse uma vez enquanto o cursor estaacute posicionado sobre o objeto ou a seleccedilatildeo

Clique com o botatildeo direito do mouse no iacutecone do barramento 1768

Selecionar Use o mouse para destacar determinada opccedilatildeo Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo

Pressionar Pressionar uma tecla especiacutefica no teclado ou no teclado do PowerFlex 4M Pressione Enter

Tocar Tocar em um botatildeo especiacutefico no terminal PanelView Component (PVc) Toque no botatildeo Start

8 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Recursos adicionais

Recurso Descriccedilatildeo

Guia Raacutepido dos Elementos Fundamentais dos Componentes Conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como selecionar produtos e obter acesso a informaccedilotildees do painel e da fiaccedilatildeo

CD Connected Component Building Blocks Overview publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

Fornece os arquivos para os elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados

Coacuted cat 150 SMC-3 (1-37A)SMC-Delta (1-32A) Moacutedulos de Conexatildeo de Partida Suave 41053-173-01 (1)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre os moacutedulos de conexatildeo com o SMC-3

Cod cat 150 SMC-3 Partida Suave (3-37A) 41053-167-01 (5)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilotildees do SMC-3

Cod cat 193 E1 Plus Releacute de Sobrecarga 41053-358-01 (3)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilotildees da sobrecarga

Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do MotorProtetores de Circuito de Motor 21-301-951-01

Fornece instruccedilotildees de instalaccedilatildeo para o MPCB e o MCP

Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados de controle de posicionamento publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS003

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros do inversor PowerFlex 40P com o programa RSLogix 500 preacute-configurado que controla seu sistema de base incluindo dicas de aplicaccedilatildeo bem como sobre a implementaccedilatildeo da funcionalidade de restauraccedilatildeo e backup dos paracircmetros do inversor

MicroLogix 1100 Programmable Controllers User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 1763-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o controlador programaacutevel MicroLogix 1100

MicroLogix 1400 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 1766-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o controlador programaacutevel MicroLogix 1400

PanelView Component Quick Start Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-QS001A

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como utilizar o PanelView component

PanelView Component Operator Terminals User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o terminais IHM do PanelView Component

Manual do usuaacuterio do PowerFlex 4M publicaccedilatildeo 22F-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 4M incluindo fiaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo de paracircmetros

PowerFlex 4 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22A-UM001 Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 4 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

PowerFlex 40 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22B-UM001 Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 40 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

PowerFlex 40P User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22D-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 40P incluindo fiaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo de paracircmetros

PowerFlex 400 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22C-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 400 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

httpwwwabcomdrivesdriveexplorer Fornece acesso ao software DriveExplorerLite

httpwwwabcom Fornece acesso ao website Allen-Bradley

httprockwellautomationcomknowledgebase Daacute acesso ao auto-atendimento de suporte

httpwwwrockwellautomationcomcomponentsconnected

Fornece acesso ao website dos Componentes Conectados

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 9

Observaccedilotildees

10 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 1

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Introduccedilatildeo

Este capiacutetulo conteacutem instruccedilotildees para a configuraccedilatildeo do inversor PowerFlex 4M e do Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3

Vocecirc iraacute configurar dois paracircmetros no inversor PowerFlex 4M Esses satildeo os paracircmetros baacutesicos que precisam ser alterados em relaccedilatildeo aos valores ajustados de faacutebrica para que seja estabelecida realimentaccedilatildeo adequada aos controladores MicroLogix Para a aplicaccedilatildeo de sua maacutequina poderaacute ser necessaacuterio ajustar tambeacutem outros paracircmetros do inversor Consulte a documentaccedilatildeo de seu inversor para obter informaccedilotildees sobre outros paracircmetros de inversor

Vocecirc tambeacutem iraacute definir as minisseletoras no Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 necessaacuterias para enviar realimentaccedilatildeo discreta adequada ao controlador MicroLogix

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se seguiu todas as recomendaccedilotildees de projeto e instalaccedilatildeo de hardware e a instalaccedilatildeo do software

bull Ligue o inversor

11Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 11

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidasndash Inversor PowerFlex Classe 4 (O inversor PowerFlex 4M eacute utilizado neste documento)

bull No caso dos inversores PowerFlex 4M 4 40 e 400 existe um teclado e uma tela incorporados para ediccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

bull No caso do inversor PowerFlex 40P para editar os paracircmetros vocecirc precisa de

- uma interface portaacutetil coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 22-HIM-A3ou

- software DriveExplorer instalado no microcomputador e uma interface USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1203-USB

ndash Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBRndash Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TEndash Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser encomendadas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute encomendar a partida inteira Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

Siga estas etapas

Siga esses passos para configurar os paracircmetros nos inversores e definir as minisseletoras no Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3

Iniacutecio

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M paacutegina 13

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3 paacutegina 16

12 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M

Os paracircmetros-padratildeo de faacutebrica permitem que o inversor seja controlado a partir do teclado integral Natildeo eacute necessaacuteria programaccedilatildeo para ligar desligar mudar a direccedilatildeo e controlar a velocidade diretamente a partir do teclado integral

Contudo para esse elemento fundamental vocecirc iraacute definir o paracircmetro P106 [Start Source] em controle de 2 fios No exemplo para esse elemento fundamental o inversor PF 4M eacute utilizado em um modo natildeo-reversor de Controle SRC de dois fios (sourcing interno) SRC eacute o padratildeo para um inversor novo Se o seu inversor tiver sido utilizado anteriormente certifique-se de que a chave SNKSRC (sinksource) abaixo da cobertura frontal do inversor PF 4M estaacute definida em SRC Consulte o manual do usuaacuterio do inversor PF 4M para as necessidades especiacuteficas natildeo exibidas neste exemplo

Aleacutem disso vocecirc iraacute mudar o paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Sel] para exibir ldquoMotorRunningrdquo uma vez que esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor Consulte Testando outros Inversores e Partidas paacutegina 30 para obter detalhes

Siga esse procedimento para alterar os paracircmetros P106 [Start Source] e t221 [Relay Out Sel] utilizando o teclado PowerFlex 4M explicado abaixo

Teclado do PowerFlex 4M

Tecla Nome da tecla Descriccedilatildeo

Escapebull Volta uma etapa no modo de Programa

bull Cancela uma alteraccedilatildeo no valor do paracircmetro e sai do modo de Programa

Selecionarbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Seleciona um diacutegito ao exibir um valor de um paracircmetro

Seta acimabull Percorre os grupos e paracircmetros

bull Aumenta ou diminui o valor do diacutegito que pisca

Seta abaixo

Enterbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Salva uma alteraccedilatildeo de um valor de paracircmetro

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 13

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

1 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

2 Pressione Sel ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda pisque

3 Pressione a seta abaixo ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda exibido seja um ldquoPrdquo piscando

4 Pressione Enter

O ldquoPrdquo natildeo pisca mais e a tecla numeacuterica mais agrave direita pisca

Por padratildeo o primeiro paracircmetro ldquoPrdquo P101 eacute exibido Pressionar a seta acima aumenta o valor dos paracircmetros ldquoPrdquo e pressionar a seta abaixo diminui o valor dos mesmos

5 Pressione a seta acima cinco vezes ateacute exibir P106

O valor atual do paracircmetro P106 eacute exibido nesse caso ldquo0rdquo

6 Pressione Enter

O ldquo0rdquo pisca

7 Pressione a seta acima duas vezes para ajustar o valor para ldquo2rdquo

8 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito

O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

9 Pressione Esc

P106 deve ser exibido com o ldquo6rdquo piscando

10 Pressione Esc ateacute que o ldquoPrdquo esteja piscando no caractere alfanumeacuterico mais agrave esquerda

11 Pressione a seta acima ou abaixo para rolar pelo menu de grupo ateacute ldquotrdquo

12 Pressione Enter

O ldquo1rdquo pisca

Desligue o inversor antes de alterar o paracircmetro P106

14 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

13 Pressione e segure a seta acima ateacute alcanccedilar ldquo221rdquo

Se vocecirc passar do valor pressione a seta abaixo ateacute retornar a ldquo221rdquo

14 Pressione Enter duas vezes de forma que ldquo0rdquo pisque

15 Pressione a seta acima para mover para o valor ldquo2rdquo

16 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

17 Pressione Esc

Agora o paracircmetro t221 deve ser exibido com o ldquo1rdquo piscando

18 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

19 Desligue o inversor ateacute o visor apagar e ligue-o novamente

Agora o inversor estaacute configurado para ser controlado por bototildees pulsadores e comandos de comunicaccedilatildeo iniciados a partir do controlador MicroLogix

Como em todos os elementos fundamentais esses satildeo exemplos da obtenccedilatildeo de informaccedilatildeo de um produto de forma discreta Vocecirc pode alterar o paracircmetro t221 ou outras configuraccedilotildees das partidas e inversores para se adequarem agrave sua aplicaccedilatildeo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 15

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3

O Controlador Inteligente de Motor SMC-3 deve ser ajustado para o contator de isolaccedilatildeo e para as configuraccedilotildees adequadas para o motor Abaixo estatildeo as configuraccedilotildees de minisseletora utilizadas pelo controlador SMC-3 e os passos para alteraacute-los

DICA O 140M MPCB especificado na lista de materiais para este componente fundamental possui uma classe de desarme de 10 Contudo se vocecirc desejar utilizar as configuraccedilotildees da classe de desarme de sobrecarga no controlador SMC-3 vocecirc pode trocar o 140M MPCB pelo 140M MCP

16 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

1 Ajuste as configuraccedilotildees da minisseletora conforme as necessidades de partida de seu motor utilizando o graacutefico abaixo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 17

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

2 Certifique-se de que a minisseletora 14 estaacute configurada como Normal (desligado)

Isso iraacute introduzir o contator de isolaccedilatildeo quando o SMC-3 tiver recebido o sinal de entrada A minisseletora 14 tambeacutem iraacute fechar o contato aux NA instalado lateralmente quando a partida atingir a velocidade O fechamento desse contato aux enviaraacute o sinal de volta ao controlador MicroLogix

3 Se mudar para um MCP ajuste as minisseletoras 11 e 12 para a classe de desarme de sobrecarga adequada

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

IMPORTANTE A partida 103T utiliza um MCP (Protetor de Circuito de Motor) 140M o qual utiliza uma sobrecarga separada E1 Plus que deve ser ajustada conforme as necessidades de seu sistema

A partida 190E a partida SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M tecircm de ter o mostrador de sobrecarga definido nos MPCB (Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do Motor) 140M

18 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 2

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Introduccedilatildeo

Neste capiacutetulo vocecirc verifica se a comunicaccedilatildeo entre o controlador MicroLogix e as partidas discretas individuais e entre o controlador MicroLogix e o terminal PanelView Component (PVc) estaacute ocorrendo como planejado Para ligar e desligar utilizando o terminal PVc eacute necessaacuterio que a chave HOA externa esteja na posiccedilatildeo Auto No modo Manual o terminal PVc ainda pode ler o status das partidas e inversores mas natildeo possui capacidades ligadesliga

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se realizou todos os passos do Capiacutetulo 3 do documento

bull Verifique se concluiu todas as etapas do Capiacutetulo 1 deste documento

bull Verifique se todos os dispositivos estatildeo conectados conforme o esquema eleacutetrico em CAD de Controle de Motor Simples no Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Verifique se o controlador MicroLogix o inversor PowerFlex e o terminal PVc estatildeo sendo alimentados

19Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 19

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Microcomputador com navegador Internet Explorer 7 ou Firefox

bull Terminal PanelView Component

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidas

bull Inversor PowerFlex 4M

bull Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBR

bull Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TE

bull Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser pedidas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute pedir a partidas inteiras Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

bull Controlador MicroLogix 1100 ou 1400

bull Cabo serial coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1761-CBL-PM02

bull Cabo USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 2711C-CBL-UU02 ou similar

Siga estas etapas

Siga essas etapas para verificar se haacute comunicaccedilatildeo entre seus dispositivos e para testar o sistema

Iniacutecio

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador paacutegina 21

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador

MicroLogix paacutegina 22

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

paacutegina 25

20 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador

O ambiente tempo de projeto PanelView Explorer eacute acessado por meio de um navegador de web conectando seu computador ao terminal PVc por meio de uma conexatildeo USB Antes de conectar seu computador agrave porta USB do terminal PVc vocecirc deve instalar o driver do Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS em um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista Apoacutes instalar o driver vocecirc pode conectar o terminal PVc ao seu computador Para obter detalhes sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do driver consulte PanelView Component Terminal User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Conexotildees USB do Terminal PVc

Todos os terminais do PanelView Component suportam uma conexatildeo por porta USB e requerem um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista bem como o driver de Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS instalado O driver natildeo pode ser instalado em um computador com sistema operacional Windows 2000

1 Conecte uma das extremidades de um cabo USB agrave porta de dispositivo mini-USB em seu terminal PVc

2 Conecte a outra extremidade do cabo USB a uma porta USB em seu microcomputador

3 Energize o terminal PVc e o microcomputador

Janela de Partida do PanelView Explorer

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 21

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador MicroLogix

O terminal PanelView Component (PVc) com tela touchscreen monocromaacutetica de 3 polegadas comunica-se com o controlador MicroLogix pela rede DF1 A aplicaccedilatildeo PVc lecirc e grava na tabela de dados do controlador MicroLogix Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo PVc grava no controlador MicroLogix o programa do controlador detecta a alteraccedilatildeo de valor e grava esse novo valor no inversor partida suave ou partida discreta apropriados

1 Conecte o microcomputador ao terminal PVc usando um cabo USB

2 Conecte o terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix usando o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02

3 Inicie o Internet Explorer 7 ou o Firefox 20

4 Na barra de endereccedilos de seu navegador digite o endereccedilo de IP 1692542542 (Esse eacute um endereccedilo de IP fixo utilizado pela porta USB)

5 Pressione Enter para conectar seu microcomputador ao terminal PVc

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02

Porta USB

Porta USB

Controlador MicroLogix

1761-CBL-PM02

22 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

6 Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo na caixa de diaacutelogo do painel do PVc e clique em Edit

7 Na caixa de diaacutelogo Edit clique na guia Communication

A caixa de diaacutelogo a seguir eacute exibida

8 Clique sobre Serial em Protocol e selecione DF1 na lista suspensa

9 Em PanelView Component Settings certifique-se de que o Station Address seja 2

Botatildeo Validate

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 23

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

10 Em Controller Settings

a Aceite o nome-padratildeo ldquoPLC-1rdquob Selecione MicroLogix no campo Controller Typec No campo Address insira 1

11 Clique em Validate

12 Clique em Salvar

13 Clique em Switch to PanelView Explorer Startup

14 Na janela Application Dashboard selecione a aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting Building Block

15 Clique em Run para executar a aplicaccedilatildeo

Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview

Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo do PVc estaacute sendo executada todos os inversores ou partidas habilitados satildeo exibidos na tela Starters Overview como ldquo140M Onrdquo ldquoRunningrdquo ou ldquoFaultrdquo Para facilitar a utilizaccedilatildeo desse programa pelo OEM o cabeccedilalho referente agrave partida permanece geneacuterico com referecircncia agrave habilidade de alterar partidas sem a necessidade de alterar a primeira paacutegina do PVc Para alterar os bototildees em si consulte o manual de usuaacuterio dos Terminais IHM do PanelView Component

bull ldquoM1rdquo eacute designado para o controlador SMC-3

bull ldquoM2rdquo eacute designado para a partida 103T

bull ldquoM3rdquo eacute designado para o inversor PF 4M

bull ldquoM4rdquo eacute designado para a partida 190E

24 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN ltFEFF004200720075006700200064006900730073006500200069006e0064007300740069006c006c0069006e006700650072002000740069006c0020006100740020006f0070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002c0020006400650072002000650072002000650067006e006500640065002000740069006c0020007000e5006c006900640065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500640073006b007200690076006e0069006e006700200061006600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50062006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00670020006e0079006500720065002egt NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO ltFEFF004e00e4006900640065006e002000610073006500740075007300740065006e0020006100760075006c006c006100200076006f006900740020006c0075006f006400610020006a0061002000740075006c006f00730074006100610020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a006f006a0061002c0020006a006f006900640065006e0020006500730069006b0061007400730065006c00750020006e00e400790074007400e400e40020006c0075006f00740065007400740061007600610073007400690020006c006f00700070007500740075006c006f006b00730065006e002e0020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a0061007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f006200610074002d0020006a0061002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020002d006f0068006a0065006c006d0061006c006c0061002000740061006900200075007500640065006d006d0061006c006c0061002000760065007200730069006f006c006c0061002egt ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 9: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Recursos adicionais

Recurso Descriccedilatildeo

Guia Raacutepido dos Elementos Fundamentais dos Componentes Conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como selecionar produtos e obter acesso a informaccedilotildees do painel e da fiaccedilatildeo

CD Connected Component Building Blocks Overview publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

Fornece os arquivos para os elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados

Coacuted cat 150 SMC-3 (1-37A)SMC-Delta (1-32A) Moacutedulos de Conexatildeo de Partida Suave 41053-173-01 (1)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre os moacutedulos de conexatildeo com o SMC-3

Cod cat 150 SMC-3 Partida Suave (3-37A) 41053-167-01 (5)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilotildees do SMC-3

Cod cat 193 E1 Plus Releacute de Sobrecarga 41053-358-01 (3)

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilotildees da sobrecarga

Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do MotorProtetores de Circuito de Motor 21-301-951-01

Fornece instruccedilotildees de instalaccedilatildeo para o MPCB e o MCP

Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados de controle de posicionamento publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS003

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros do inversor PowerFlex 40P com o programa RSLogix 500 preacute-configurado que controla seu sistema de base incluindo dicas de aplicaccedilatildeo bem como sobre a implementaccedilatildeo da funcionalidade de restauraccedilatildeo e backup dos paracircmetros do inversor

MicroLogix 1100 Programmable Controllers User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 1763-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o controlador programaacutevel MicroLogix 1100

MicroLogix 1400 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 1766-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o controlador programaacutevel MicroLogix 1400

PanelView Component Quick Start Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-QS001A

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como utilizar o PanelView component

PanelView Component Operator Terminals User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre como usar o terminais IHM do PanelView Component

Manual do usuaacuterio do PowerFlex 4M publicaccedilatildeo 22F-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 4M incluindo fiaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo de paracircmetros

PowerFlex 4 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22A-UM001 Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 4 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

PowerFlex 40 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22B-UM001 Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 40 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

PowerFlex 40P User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22D-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 40P incluindo fiaccedilatildeo e configuraccedilatildeo de paracircmetros

PowerFlex 400 User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 22C-UM001

Fornece informaccedilotildees sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do Inversor de Frequecircncia Ajustaacutevel PowerFlex 400 incluindo a fiaccedilatildeo e a configuraccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

httpwwwabcomdrivesdriveexplorer Fornece acesso ao software DriveExplorerLite

httpwwwabcom Fornece acesso ao website Allen-Bradley

httprockwellautomationcomknowledgebase Daacute acesso ao auto-atendimento de suporte

httpwwwrockwellautomationcomcomponentsconnected

Fornece acesso ao website dos Componentes Conectados

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 9

Observaccedilotildees

10 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 1

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Introduccedilatildeo

Este capiacutetulo conteacutem instruccedilotildees para a configuraccedilatildeo do inversor PowerFlex 4M e do Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3

Vocecirc iraacute configurar dois paracircmetros no inversor PowerFlex 4M Esses satildeo os paracircmetros baacutesicos que precisam ser alterados em relaccedilatildeo aos valores ajustados de faacutebrica para que seja estabelecida realimentaccedilatildeo adequada aos controladores MicroLogix Para a aplicaccedilatildeo de sua maacutequina poderaacute ser necessaacuterio ajustar tambeacutem outros paracircmetros do inversor Consulte a documentaccedilatildeo de seu inversor para obter informaccedilotildees sobre outros paracircmetros de inversor

Vocecirc tambeacutem iraacute definir as minisseletoras no Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 necessaacuterias para enviar realimentaccedilatildeo discreta adequada ao controlador MicroLogix

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se seguiu todas as recomendaccedilotildees de projeto e instalaccedilatildeo de hardware e a instalaccedilatildeo do software

bull Ligue o inversor

11Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 11

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidasndash Inversor PowerFlex Classe 4 (O inversor PowerFlex 4M eacute utilizado neste documento)

bull No caso dos inversores PowerFlex 4M 4 40 e 400 existe um teclado e uma tela incorporados para ediccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

bull No caso do inversor PowerFlex 40P para editar os paracircmetros vocecirc precisa de

- uma interface portaacutetil coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 22-HIM-A3ou

- software DriveExplorer instalado no microcomputador e uma interface USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1203-USB

ndash Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBRndash Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TEndash Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser encomendadas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute encomendar a partida inteira Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

Siga estas etapas

Siga esses passos para configurar os paracircmetros nos inversores e definir as minisseletoras no Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3

Iniacutecio

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M paacutegina 13

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3 paacutegina 16

12 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M

Os paracircmetros-padratildeo de faacutebrica permitem que o inversor seja controlado a partir do teclado integral Natildeo eacute necessaacuteria programaccedilatildeo para ligar desligar mudar a direccedilatildeo e controlar a velocidade diretamente a partir do teclado integral

Contudo para esse elemento fundamental vocecirc iraacute definir o paracircmetro P106 [Start Source] em controle de 2 fios No exemplo para esse elemento fundamental o inversor PF 4M eacute utilizado em um modo natildeo-reversor de Controle SRC de dois fios (sourcing interno) SRC eacute o padratildeo para um inversor novo Se o seu inversor tiver sido utilizado anteriormente certifique-se de que a chave SNKSRC (sinksource) abaixo da cobertura frontal do inversor PF 4M estaacute definida em SRC Consulte o manual do usuaacuterio do inversor PF 4M para as necessidades especiacuteficas natildeo exibidas neste exemplo

Aleacutem disso vocecirc iraacute mudar o paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Sel] para exibir ldquoMotorRunningrdquo uma vez que esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor Consulte Testando outros Inversores e Partidas paacutegina 30 para obter detalhes

Siga esse procedimento para alterar os paracircmetros P106 [Start Source] e t221 [Relay Out Sel] utilizando o teclado PowerFlex 4M explicado abaixo

Teclado do PowerFlex 4M

Tecla Nome da tecla Descriccedilatildeo

Escapebull Volta uma etapa no modo de Programa

bull Cancela uma alteraccedilatildeo no valor do paracircmetro e sai do modo de Programa

Selecionarbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Seleciona um diacutegito ao exibir um valor de um paracircmetro

Seta acimabull Percorre os grupos e paracircmetros

bull Aumenta ou diminui o valor do diacutegito que pisca

Seta abaixo

Enterbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Salva uma alteraccedilatildeo de um valor de paracircmetro

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 13

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

1 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

2 Pressione Sel ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda pisque

3 Pressione a seta abaixo ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda exibido seja um ldquoPrdquo piscando

4 Pressione Enter

O ldquoPrdquo natildeo pisca mais e a tecla numeacuterica mais agrave direita pisca

Por padratildeo o primeiro paracircmetro ldquoPrdquo P101 eacute exibido Pressionar a seta acima aumenta o valor dos paracircmetros ldquoPrdquo e pressionar a seta abaixo diminui o valor dos mesmos

5 Pressione a seta acima cinco vezes ateacute exibir P106

O valor atual do paracircmetro P106 eacute exibido nesse caso ldquo0rdquo

6 Pressione Enter

O ldquo0rdquo pisca

7 Pressione a seta acima duas vezes para ajustar o valor para ldquo2rdquo

8 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito

O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

9 Pressione Esc

P106 deve ser exibido com o ldquo6rdquo piscando

10 Pressione Esc ateacute que o ldquoPrdquo esteja piscando no caractere alfanumeacuterico mais agrave esquerda

11 Pressione a seta acima ou abaixo para rolar pelo menu de grupo ateacute ldquotrdquo

12 Pressione Enter

O ldquo1rdquo pisca

Desligue o inversor antes de alterar o paracircmetro P106

14 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

13 Pressione e segure a seta acima ateacute alcanccedilar ldquo221rdquo

Se vocecirc passar do valor pressione a seta abaixo ateacute retornar a ldquo221rdquo

14 Pressione Enter duas vezes de forma que ldquo0rdquo pisque

15 Pressione a seta acima para mover para o valor ldquo2rdquo

16 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

17 Pressione Esc

Agora o paracircmetro t221 deve ser exibido com o ldquo1rdquo piscando

18 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

19 Desligue o inversor ateacute o visor apagar e ligue-o novamente

Agora o inversor estaacute configurado para ser controlado por bototildees pulsadores e comandos de comunicaccedilatildeo iniciados a partir do controlador MicroLogix

Como em todos os elementos fundamentais esses satildeo exemplos da obtenccedilatildeo de informaccedilatildeo de um produto de forma discreta Vocecirc pode alterar o paracircmetro t221 ou outras configuraccedilotildees das partidas e inversores para se adequarem agrave sua aplicaccedilatildeo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 15

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3

O Controlador Inteligente de Motor SMC-3 deve ser ajustado para o contator de isolaccedilatildeo e para as configuraccedilotildees adequadas para o motor Abaixo estatildeo as configuraccedilotildees de minisseletora utilizadas pelo controlador SMC-3 e os passos para alteraacute-los

DICA O 140M MPCB especificado na lista de materiais para este componente fundamental possui uma classe de desarme de 10 Contudo se vocecirc desejar utilizar as configuraccedilotildees da classe de desarme de sobrecarga no controlador SMC-3 vocecirc pode trocar o 140M MPCB pelo 140M MCP

16 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

1 Ajuste as configuraccedilotildees da minisseletora conforme as necessidades de partida de seu motor utilizando o graacutefico abaixo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 17

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

2 Certifique-se de que a minisseletora 14 estaacute configurada como Normal (desligado)

Isso iraacute introduzir o contator de isolaccedilatildeo quando o SMC-3 tiver recebido o sinal de entrada A minisseletora 14 tambeacutem iraacute fechar o contato aux NA instalado lateralmente quando a partida atingir a velocidade O fechamento desse contato aux enviaraacute o sinal de volta ao controlador MicroLogix

3 Se mudar para um MCP ajuste as minisseletoras 11 e 12 para a classe de desarme de sobrecarga adequada

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

IMPORTANTE A partida 103T utiliza um MCP (Protetor de Circuito de Motor) 140M o qual utiliza uma sobrecarga separada E1 Plus que deve ser ajustada conforme as necessidades de seu sistema

A partida 190E a partida SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M tecircm de ter o mostrador de sobrecarga definido nos MPCB (Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do Motor) 140M

18 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 2

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Introduccedilatildeo

Neste capiacutetulo vocecirc verifica se a comunicaccedilatildeo entre o controlador MicroLogix e as partidas discretas individuais e entre o controlador MicroLogix e o terminal PanelView Component (PVc) estaacute ocorrendo como planejado Para ligar e desligar utilizando o terminal PVc eacute necessaacuterio que a chave HOA externa esteja na posiccedilatildeo Auto No modo Manual o terminal PVc ainda pode ler o status das partidas e inversores mas natildeo possui capacidades ligadesliga

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se realizou todos os passos do Capiacutetulo 3 do documento

bull Verifique se concluiu todas as etapas do Capiacutetulo 1 deste documento

bull Verifique se todos os dispositivos estatildeo conectados conforme o esquema eleacutetrico em CAD de Controle de Motor Simples no Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Verifique se o controlador MicroLogix o inversor PowerFlex e o terminal PVc estatildeo sendo alimentados

19Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 19

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Microcomputador com navegador Internet Explorer 7 ou Firefox

bull Terminal PanelView Component

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidas

bull Inversor PowerFlex 4M

bull Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBR

bull Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TE

bull Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser pedidas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute pedir a partidas inteiras Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

bull Controlador MicroLogix 1100 ou 1400

bull Cabo serial coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1761-CBL-PM02

bull Cabo USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 2711C-CBL-UU02 ou similar

Siga estas etapas

Siga essas etapas para verificar se haacute comunicaccedilatildeo entre seus dispositivos e para testar o sistema

Iniacutecio

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador paacutegina 21

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador

MicroLogix paacutegina 22

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

paacutegina 25

20 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador

O ambiente tempo de projeto PanelView Explorer eacute acessado por meio de um navegador de web conectando seu computador ao terminal PVc por meio de uma conexatildeo USB Antes de conectar seu computador agrave porta USB do terminal PVc vocecirc deve instalar o driver do Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS em um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista Apoacutes instalar o driver vocecirc pode conectar o terminal PVc ao seu computador Para obter detalhes sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do driver consulte PanelView Component Terminal User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Conexotildees USB do Terminal PVc

Todos os terminais do PanelView Component suportam uma conexatildeo por porta USB e requerem um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista bem como o driver de Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS instalado O driver natildeo pode ser instalado em um computador com sistema operacional Windows 2000

1 Conecte uma das extremidades de um cabo USB agrave porta de dispositivo mini-USB em seu terminal PVc

2 Conecte a outra extremidade do cabo USB a uma porta USB em seu microcomputador

3 Energize o terminal PVc e o microcomputador

Janela de Partida do PanelView Explorer

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 21

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador MicroLogix

O terminal PanelView Component (PVc) com tela touchscreen monocromaacutetica de 3 polegadas comunica-se com o controlador MicroLogix pela rede DF1 A aplicaccedilatildeo PVc lecirc e grava na tabela de dados do controlador MicroLogix Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo PVc grava no controlador MicroLogix o programa do controlador detecta a alteraccedilatildeo de valor e grava esse novo valor no inversor partida suave ou partida discreta apropriados

1 Conecte o microcomputador ao terminal PVc usando um cabo USB

2 Conecte o terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix usando o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02

3 Inicie o Internet Explorer 7 ou o Firefox 20

4 Na barra de endereccedilos de seu navegador digite o endereccedilo de IP 1692542542 (Esse eacute um endereccedilo de IP fixo utilizado pela porta USB)

5 Pressione Enter para conectar seu microcomputador ao terminal PVc

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02

Porta USB

Porta USB

Controlador MicroLogix

1761-CBL-PM02

22 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

6 Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo na caixa de diaacutelogo do painel do PVc e clique em Edit

7 Na caixa de diaacutelogo Edit clique na guia Communication

A caixa de diaacutelogo a seguir eacute exibida

8 Clique sobre Serial em Protocol e selecione DF1 na lista suspensa

9 Em PanelView Component Settings certifique-se de que o Station Address seja 2

Botatildeo Validate

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 23

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

10 Em Controller Settings

a Aceite o nome-padratildeo ldquoPLC-1rdquob Selecione MicroLogix no campo Controller Typec No campo Address insira 1

11 Clique em Validate

12 Clique em Salvar

13 Clique em Switch to PanelView Explorer Startup

14 Na janela Application Dashboard selecione a aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting Building Block

15 Clique em Run para executar a aplicaccedilatildeo

Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview

Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo do PVc estaacute sendo executada todos os inversores ou partidas habilitados satildeo exibidos na tela Starters Overview como ldquo140M Onrdquo ldquoRunningrdquo ou ldquoFaultrdquo Para facilitar a utilizaccedilatildeo desse programa pelo OEM o cabeccedilalho referente agrave partida permanece geneacuterico com referecircncia agrave habilidade de alterar partidas sem a necessidade de alterar a primeira paacutegina do PVc Para alterar os bototildees em si consulte o manual de usuaacuterio dos Terminais IHM do PanelView Component

bull ldquoM1rdquo eacute designado para o controlador SMC-3

bull ldquoM2rdquo eacute designado para a partida 103T

bull ldquoM3rdquo eacute designado para o inversor PF 4M

bull ldquoM4rdquo eacute designado para a partida 190E

24 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 10: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Observaccedilotildees

10 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 1

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Introduccedilatildeo

Este capiacutetulo conteacutem instruccedilotildees para a configuraccedilatildeo do inversor PowerFlex 4M e do Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3

Vocecirc iraacute configurar dois paracircmetros no inversor PowerFlex 4M Esses satildeo os paracircmetros baacutesicos que precisam ser alterados em relaccedilatildeo aos valores ajustados de faacutebrica para que seja estabelecida realimentaccedilatildeo adequada aos controladores MicroLogix Para a aplicaccedilatildeo de sua maacutequina poderaacute ser necessaacuterio ajustar tambeacutem outros paracircmetros do inversor Consulte a documentaccedilatildeo de seu inversor para obter informaccedilotildees sobre outros paracircmetros de inversor

Vocecirc tambeacutem iraacute definir as minisseletoras no Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 necessaacuterias para enviar realimentaccedilatildeo discreta adequada ao controlador MicroLogix

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se seguiu todas as recomendaccedilotildees de projeto e instalaccedilatildeo de hardware e a instalaccedilatildeo do software

bull Ligue o inversor

11Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 11

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidasndash Inversor PowerFlex Classe 4 (O inversor PowerFlex 4M eacute utilizado neste documento)

bull No caso dos inversores PowerFlex 4M 4 40 e 400 existe um teclado e uma tela incorporados para ediccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

bull No caso do inversor PowerFlex 40P para editar os paracircmetros vocecirc precisa de

- uma interface portaacutetil coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 22-HIM-A3ou

- software DriveExplorer instalado no microcomputador e uma interface USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1203-USB

ndash Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBRndash Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TEndash Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser encomendadas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute encomendar a partida inteira Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

Siga estas etapas

Siga esses passos para configurar os paracircmetros nos inversores e definir as minisseletoras no Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3

Iniacutecio

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M paacutegina 13

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3 paacutegina 16

12 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M

Os paracircmetros-padratildeo de faacutebrica permitem que o inversor seja controlado a partir do teclado integral Natildeo eacute necessaacuteria programaccedilatildeo para ligar desligar mudar a direccedilatildeo e controlar a velocidade diretamente a partir do teclado integral

Contudo para esse elemento fundamental vocecirc iraacute definir o paracircmetro P106 [Start Source] em controle de 2 fios No exemplo para esse elemento fundamental o inversor PF 4M eacute utilizado em um modo natildeo-reversor de Controle SRC de dois fios (sourcing interno) SRC eacute o padratildeo para um inversor novo Se o seu inversor tiver sido utilizado anteriormente certifique-se de que a chave SNKSRC (sinksource) abaixo da cobertura frontal do inversor PF 4M estaacute definida em SRC Consulte o manual do usuaacuterio do inversor PF 4M para as necessidades especiacuteficas natildeo exibidas neste exemplo

Aleacutem disso vocecirc iraacute mudar o paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Sel] para exibir ldquoMotorRunningrdquo uma vez que esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor Consulte Testando outros Inversores e Partidas paacutegina 30 para obter detalhes

Siga esse procedimento para alterar os paracircmetros P106 [Start Source] e t221 [Relay Out Sel] utilizando o teclado PowerFlex 4M explicado abaixo

Teclado do PowerFlex 4M

Tecla Nome da tecla Descriccedilatildeo

Escapebull Volta uma etapa no modo de Programa

bull Cancela uma alteraccedilatildeo no valor do paracircmetro e sai do modo de Programa

Selecionarbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Seleciona um diacutegito ao exibir um valor de um paracircmetro

Seta acimabull Percorre os grupos e paracircmetros

bull Aumenta ou diminui o valor do diacutegito que pisca

Seta abaixo

Enterbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Salva uma alteraccedilatildeo de um valor de paracircmetro

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 13

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

1 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

2 Pressione Sel ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda pisque

3 Pressione a seta abaixo ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda exibido seja um ldquoPrdquo piscando

4 Pressione Enter

O ldquoPrdquo natildeo pisca mais e a tecla numeacuterica mais agrave direita pisca

Por padratildeo o primeiro paracircmetro ldquoPrdquo P101 eacute exibido Pressionar a seta acima aumenta o valor dos paracircmetros ldquoPrdquo e pressionar a seta abaixo diminui o valor dos mesmos

5 Pressione a seta acima cinco vezes ateacute exibir P106

O valor atual do paracircmetro P106 eacute exibido nesse caso ldquo0rdquo

6 Pressione Enter

O ldquo0rdquo pisca

7 Pressione a seta acima duas vezes para ajustar o valor para ldquo2rdquo

8 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito

O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

9 Pressione Esc

P106 deve ser exibido com o ldquo6rdquo piscando

10 Pressione Esc ateacute que o ldquoPrdquo esteja piscando no caractere alfanumeacuterico mais agrave esquerda

11 Pressione a seta acima ou abaixo para rolar pelo menu de grupo ateacute ldquotrdquo

12 Pressione Enter

O ldquo1rdquo pisca

Desligue o inversor antes de alterar o paracircmetro P106

14 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

13 Pressione e segure a seta acima ateacute alcanccedilar ldquo221rdquo

Se vocecirc passar do valor pressione a seta abaixo ateacute retornar a ldquo221rdquo

14 Pressione Enter duas vezes de forma que ldquo0rdquo pisque

15 Pressione a seta acima para mover para o valor ldquo2rdquo

16 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

17 Pressione Esc

Agora o paracircmetro t221 deve ser exibido com o ldquo1rdquo piscando

18 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

19 Desligue o inversor ateacute o visor apagar e ligue-o novamente

Agora o inversor estaacute configurado para ser controlado por bototildees pulsadores e comandos de comunicaccedilatildeo iniciados a partir do controlador MicroLogix

Como em todos os elementos fundamentais esses satildeo exemplos da obtenccedilatildeo de informaccedilatildeo de um produto de forma discreta Vocecirc pode alterar o paracircmetro t221 ou outras configuraccedilotildees das partidas e inversores para se adequarem agrave sua aplicaccedilatildeo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 15

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3

O Controlador Inteligente de Motor SMC-3 deve ser ajustado para o contator de isolaccedilatildeo e para as configuraccedilotildees adequadas para o motor Abaixo estatildeo as configuraccedilotildees de minisseletora utilizadas pelo controlador SMC-3 e os passos para alteraacute-los

DICA O 140M MPCB especificado na lista de materiais para este componente fundamental possui uma classe de desarme de 10 Contudo se vocecirc desejar utilizar as configuraccedilotildees da classe de desarme de sobrecarga no controlador SMC-3 vocecirc pode trocar o 140M MPCB pelo 140M MCP

16 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

1 Ajuste as configuraccedilotildees da minisseletora conforme as necessidades de partida de seu motor utilizando o graacutefico abaixo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 17

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

2 Certifique-se de que a minisseletora 14 estaacute configurada como Normal (desligado)

Isso iraacute introduzir o contator de isolaccedilatildeo quando o SMC-3 tiver recebido o sinal de entrada A minisseletora 14 tambeacutem iraacute fechar o contato aux NA instalado lateralmente quando a partida atingir a velocidade O fechamento desse contato aux enviaraacute o sinal de volta ao controlador MicroLogix

3 Se mudar para um MCP ajuste as minisseletoras 11 e 12 para a classe de desarme de sobrecarga adequada

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

IMPORTANTE A partida 103T utiliza um MCP (Protetor de Circuito de Motor) 140M o qual utiliza uma sobrecarga separada E1 Plus que deve ser ajustada conforme as necessidades de seu sistema

A partida 190E a partida SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M tecircm de ter o mostrador de sobrecarga definido nos MPCB (Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do Motor) 140M

18 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 2

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Introduccedilatildeo

Neste capiacutetulo vocecirc verifica se a comunicaccedilatildeo entre o controlador MicroLogix e as partidas discretas individuais e entre o controlador MicroLogix e o terminal PanelView Component (PVc) estaacute ocorrendo como planejado Para ligar e desligar utilizando o terminal PVc eacute necessaacuterio que a chave HOA externa esteja na posiccedilatildeo Auto No modo Manual o terminal PVc ainda pode ler o status das partidas e inversores mas natildeo possui capacidades ligadesliga

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se realizou todos os passos do Capiacutetulo 3 do documento

bull Verifique se concluiu todas as etapas do Capiacutetulo 1 deste documento

bull Verifique se todos os dispositivos estatildeo conectados conforme o esquema eleacutetrico em CAD de Controle de Motor Simples no Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Verifique se o controlador MicroLogix o inversor PowerFlex e o terminal PVc estatildeo sendo alimentados

19Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 19

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Microcomputador com navegador Internet Explorer 7 ou Firefox

bull Terminal PanelView Component

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidas

bull Inversor PowerFlex 4M

bull Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBR

bull Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TE

bull Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser pedidas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute pedir a partidas inteiras Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

bull Controlador MicroLogix 1100 ou 1400

bull Cabo serial coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1761-CBL-PM02

bull Cabo USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 2711C-CBL-UU02 ou similar

Siga estas etapas

Siga essas etapas para verificar se haacute comunicaccedilatildeo entre seus dispositivos e para testar o sistema

Iniacutecio

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador paacutegina 21

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador

MicroLogix paacutegina 22

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

paacutegina 25

20 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador

O ambiente tempo de projeto PanelView Explorer eacute acessado por meio de um navegador de web conectando seu computador ao terminal PVc por meio de uma conexatildeo USB Antes de conectar seu computador agrave porta USB do terminal PVc vocecirc deve instalar o driver do Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS em um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista Apoacutes instalar o driver vocecirc pode conectar o terminal PVc ao seu computador Para obter detalhes sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do driver consulte PanelView Component Terminal User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Conexotildees USB do Terminal PVc

Todos os terminais do PanelView Component suportam uma conexatildeo por porta USB e requerem um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista bem como o driver de Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS instalado O driver natildeo pode ser instalado em um computador com sistema operacional Windows 2000

1 Conecte uma das extremidades de um cabo USB agrave porta de dispositivo mini-USB em seu terminal PVc

2 Conecte a outra extremidade do cabo USB a uma porta USB em seu microcomputador

3 Energize o terminal PVc e o microcomputador

Janela de Partida do PanelView Explorer

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 21

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador MicroLogix

O terminal PanelView Component (PVc) com tela touchscreen monocromaacutetica de 3 polegadas comunica-se com o controlador MicroLogix pela rede DF1 A aplicaccedilatildeo PVc lecirc e grava na tabela de dados do controlador MicroLogix Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo PVc grava no controlador MicroLogix o programa do controlador detecta a alteraccedilatildeo de valor e grava esse novo valor no inversor partida suave ou partida discreta apropriados

1 Conecte o microcomputador ao terminal PVc usando um cabo USB

2 Conecte o terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix usando o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02

3 Inicie o Internet Explorer 7 ou o Firefox 20

4 Na barra de endereccedilos de seu navegador digite o endereccedilo de IP 1692542542 (Esse eacute um endereccedilo de IP fixo utilizado pela porta USB)

5 Pressione Enter para conectar seu microcomputador ao terminal PVc

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02

Porta USB

Porta USB

Controlador MicroLogix

1761-CBL-PM02

22 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

6 Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo na caixa de diaacutelogo do painel do PVc e clique em Edit

7 Na caixa de diaacutelogo Edit clique na guia Communication

A caixa de diaacutelogo a seguir eacute exibida

8 Clique sobre Serial em Protocol e selecione DF1 na lista suspensa

9 Em PanelView Component Settings certifique-se de que o Station Address seja 2

Botatildeo Validate

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 23

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

10 Em Controller Settings

a Aceite o nome-padratildeo ldquoPLC-1rdquob Selecione MicroLogix no campo Controller Typec No campo Address insira 1

11 Clique em Validate

12 Clique em Salvar

13 Clique em Switch to PanelView Explorer Startup

14 Na janela Application Dashboard selecione a aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting Building Block

15 Clique em Run para executar a aplicaccedilatildeo

Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview

Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo do PVc estaacute sendo executada todos os inversores ou partidas habilitados satildeo exibidos na tela Starters Overview como ldquo140M Onrdquo ldquoRunningrdquo ou ldquoFaultrdquo Para facilitar a utilizaccedilatildeo desse programa pelo OEM o cabeccedilalho referente agrave partida permanece geneacuterico com referecircncia agrave habilidade de alterar partidas sem a necessidade de alterar a primeira paacutegina do PVc Para alterar os bototildees em si consulte o manual de usuaacuterio dos Terminais IHM do PanelView Component

bull ldquoM1rdquo eacute designado para o controlador SMC-3

bull ldquoM2rdquo eacute designado para a partida 103T

bull ldquoM3rdquo eacute designado para o inversor PF 4M

bull ldquoM4rdquo eacute designado para a partida 190E

24 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN ltFEFF004200720075006700200064006900730073006500200069006e0064007300740069006c006c0069006e006700650072002000740069006c0020006100740020006f0070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002c0020006400650072002000650072002000650067006e006500640065002000740069006c0020007000e5006c006900640065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500640073006b007200690076006e0069006e006700200061006600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50062006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00670020006e0079006500720065002egt NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 11: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Capiacutetulo 1

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Introduccedilatildeo

Este capiacutetulo conteacutem instruccedilotildees para a configuraccedilatildeo do inversor PowerFlex 4M e do Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3

Vocecirc iraacute configurar dois paracircmetros no inversor PowerFlex 4M Esses satildeo os paracircmetros baacutesicos que precisam ser alterados em relaccedilatildeo aos valores ajustados de faacutebrica para que seja estabelecida realimentaccedilatildeo adequada aos controladores MicroLogix Para a aplicaccedilatildeo de sua maacutequina poderaacute ser necessaacuterio ajustar tambeacutem outros paracircmetros do inversor Consulte a documentaccedilatildeo de seu inversor para obter informaccedilotildees sobre outros paracircmetros de inversor

Vocecirc tambeacutem iraacute definir as minisseletoras no Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 necessaacuterias para enviar realimentaccedilatildeo discreta adequada ao controlador MicroLogix

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se seguiu todas as recomendaccedilotildees de projeto e instalaccedilatildeo de hardware e a instalaccedilatildeo do software

bull Ligue o inversor

11Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 11

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidasndash Inversor PowerFlex Classe 4 (O inversor PowerFlex 4M eacute utilizado neste documento)

bull No caso dos inversores PowerFlex 4M 4 40 e 400 existe um teclado e uma tela incorporados para ediccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

bull No caso do inversor PowerFlex 40P para editar os paracircmetros vocecirc precisa de

- uma interface portaacutetil coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 22-HIM-A3ou

- software DriveExplorer instalado no microcomputador e uma interface USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1203-USB

ndash Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBRndash Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TEndash Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser encomendadas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute encomendar a partida inteira Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

Siga estas etapas

Siga esses passos para configurar os paracircmetros nos inversores e definir as minisseletoras no Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3

Iniacutecio

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M paacutegina 13

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3 paacutegina 16

12 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M

Os paracircmetros-padratildeo de faacutebrica permitem que o inversor seja controlado a partir do teclado integral Natildeo eacute necessaacuteria programaccedilatildeo para ligar desligar mudar a direccedilatildeo e controlar a velocidade diretamente a partir do teclado integral

Contudo para esse elemento fundamental vocecirc iraacute definir o paracircmetro P106 [Start Source] em controle de 2 fios No exemplo para esse elemento fundamental o inversor PF 4M eacute utilizado em um modo natildeo-reversor de Controle SRC de dois fios (sourcing interno) SRC eacute o padratildeo para um inversor novo Se o seu inversor tiver sido utilizado anteriormente certifique-se de que a chave SNKSRC (sinksource) abaixo da cobertura frontal do inversor PF 4M estaacute definida em SRC Consulte o manual do usuaacuterio do inversor PF 4M para as necessidades especiacuteficas natildeo exibidas neste exemplo

Aleacutem disso vocecirc iraacute mudar o paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Sel] para exibir ldquoMotorRunningrdquo uma vez que esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor Consulte Testando outros Inversores e Partidas paacutegina 30 para obter detalhes

Siga esse procedimento para alterar os paracircmetros P106 [Start Source] e t221 [Relay Out Sel] utilizando o teclado PowerFlex 4M explicado abaixo

Teclado do PowerFlex 4M

Tecla Nome da tecla Descriccedilatildeo

Escapebull Volta uma etapa no modo de Programa

bull Cancela uma alteraccedilatildeo no valor do paracircmetro e sai do modo de Programa

Selecionarbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Seleciona um diacutegito ao exibir um valor de um paracircmetro

Seta acimabull Percorre os grupos e paracircmetros

bull Aumenta ou diminui o valor do diacutegito que pisca

Seta abaixo

Enterbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Salva uma alteraccedilatildeo de um valor de paracircmetro

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 13

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

1 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

2 Pressione Sel ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda pisque

3 Pressione a seta abaixo ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda exibido seja um ldquoPrdquo piscando

4 Pressione Enter

O ldquoPrdquo natildeo pisca mais e a tecla numeacuterica mais agrave direita pisca

Por padratildeo o primeiro paracircmetro ldquoPrdquo P101 eacute exibido Pressionar a seta acima aumenta o valor dos paracircmetros ldquoPrdquo e pressionar a seta abaixo diminui o valor dos mesmos

5 Pressione a seta acima cinco vezes ateacute exibir P106

O valor atual do paracircmetro P106 eacute exibido nesse caso ldquo0rdquo

6 Pressione Enter

O ldquo0rdquo pisca

7 Pressione a seta acima duas vezes para ajustar o valor para ldquo2rdquo

8 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito

O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

9 Pressione Esc

P106 deve ser exibido com o ldquo6rdquo piscando

10 Pressione Esc ateacute que o ldquoPrdquo esteja piscando no caractere alfanumeacuterico mais agrave esquerda

11 Pressione a seta acima ou abaixo para rolar pelo menu de grupo ateacute ldquotrdquo

12 Pressione Enter

O ldquo1rdquo pisca

Desligue o inversor antes de alterar o paracircmetro P106

14 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

13 Pressione e segure a seta acima ateacute alcanccedilar ldquo221rdquo

Se vocecirc passar do valor pressione a seta abaixo ateacute retornar a ldquo221rdquo

14 Pressione Enter duas vezes de forma que ldquo0rdquo pisque

15 Pressione a seta acima para mover para o valor ldquo2rdquo

16 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

17 Pressione Esc

Agora o paracircmetro t221 deve ser exibido com o ldquo1rdquo piscando

18 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

19 Desligue o inversor ateacute o visor apagar e ligue-o novamente

Agora o inversor estaacute configurado para ser controlado por bototildees pulsadores e comandos de comunicaccedilatildeo iniciados a partir do controlador MicroLogix

Como em todos os elementos fundamentais esses satildeo exemplos da obtenccedilatildeo de informaccedilatildeo de um produto de forma discreta Vocecirc pode alterar o paracircmetro t221 ou outras configuraccedilotildees das partidas e inversores para se adequarem agrave sua aplicaccedilatildeo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 15

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3

O Controlador Inteligente de Motor SMC-3 deve ser ajustado para o contator de isolaccedilatildeo e para as configuraccedilotildees adequadas para o motor Abaixo estatildeo as configuraccedilotildees de minisseletora utilizadas pelo controlador SMC-3 e os passos para alteraacute-los

DICA O 140M MPCB especificado na lista de materiais para este componente fundamental possui uma classe de desarme de 10 Contudo se vocecirc desejar utilizar as configuraccedilotildees da classe de desarme de sobrecarga no controlador SMC-3 vocecirc pode trocar o 140M MPCB pelo 140M MCP

16 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

1 Ajuste as configuraccedilotildees da minisseletora conforme as necessidades de partida de seu motor utilizando o graacutefico abaixo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 17

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

2 Certifique-se de que a minisseletora 14 estaacute configurada como Normal (desligado)

Isso iraacute introduzir o contator de isolaccedilatildeo quando o SMC-3 tiver recebido o sinal de entrada A minisseletora 14 tambeacutem iraacute fechar o contato aux NA instalado lateralmente quando a partida atingir a velocidade O fechamento desse contato aux enviaraacute o sinal de volta ao controlador MicroLogix

3 Se mudar para um MCP ajuste as minisseletoras 11 e 12 para a classe de desarme de sobrecarga adequada

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

IMPORTANTE A partida 103T utiliza um MCP (Protetor de Circuito de Motor) 140M o qual utiliza uma sobrecarga separada E1 Plus que deve ser ajustada conforme as necessidades de seu sistema

A partida 190E a partida SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M tecircm de ter o mostrador de sobrecarga definido nos MPCB (Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do Motor) 140M

18 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 2

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Introduccedilatildeo

Neste capiacutetulo vocecirc verifica se a comunicaccedilatildeo entre o controlador MicroLogix e as partidas discretas individuais e entre o controlador MicroLogix e o terminal PanelView Component (PVc) estaacute ocorrendo como planejado Para ligar e desligar utilizando o terminal PVc eacute necessaacuterio que a chave HOA externa esteja na posiccedilatildeo Auto No modo Manual o terminal PVc ainda pode ler o status das partidas e inversores mas natildeo possui capacidades ligadesliga

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se realizou todos os passos do Capiacutetulo 3 do documento

bull Verifique se concluiu todas as etapas do Capiacutetulo 1 deste documento

bull Verifique se todos os dispositivos estatildeo conectados conforme o esquema eleacutetrico em CAD de Controle de Motor Simples no Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Verifique se o controlador MicroLogix o inversor PowerFlex e o terminal PVc estatildeo sendo alimentados

19Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 19

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Microcomputador com navegador Internet Explorer 7 ou Firefox

bull Terminal PanelView Component

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidas

bull Inversor PowerFlex 4M

bull Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBR

bull Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TE

bull Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser pedidas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute pedir a partidas inteiras Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

bull Controlador MicroLogix 1100 ou 1400

bull Cabo serial coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1761-CBL-PM02

bull Cabo USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 2711C-CBL-UU02 ou similar

Siga estas etapas

Siga essas etapas para verificar se haacute comunicaccedilatildeo entre seus dispositivos e para testar o sistema

Iniacutecio

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador paacutegina 21

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador

MicroLogix paacutegina 22

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

paacutegina 25

20 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador

O ambiente tempo de projeto PanelView Explorer eacute acessado por meio de um navegador de web conectando seu computador ao terminal PVc por meio de uma conexatildeo USB Antes de conectar seu computador agrave porta USB do terminal PVc vocecirc deve instalar o driver do Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS em um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista Apoacutes instalar o driver vocecirc pode conectar o terminal PVc ao seu computador Para obter detalhes sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do driver consulte PanelView Component Terminal User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Conexotildees USB do Terminal PVc

Todos os terminais do PanelView Component suportam uma conexatildeo por porta USB e requerem um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista bem como o driver de Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS instalado O driver natildeo pode ser instalado em um computador com sistema operacional Windows 2000

1 Conecte uma das extremidades de um cabo USB agrave porta de dispositivo mini-USB em seu terminal PVc

2 Conecte a outra extremidade do cabo USB a uma porta USB em seu microcomputador

3 Energize o terminal PVc e o microcomputador

Janela de Partida do PanelView Explorer

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 21

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador MicroLogix

O terminal PanelView Component (PVc) com tela touchscreen monocromaacutetica de 3 polegadas comunica-se com o controlador MicroLogix pela rede DF1 A aplicaccedilatildeo PVc lecirc e grava na tabela de dados do controlador MicroLogix Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo PVc grava no controlador MicroLogix o programa do controlador detecta a alteraccedilatildeo de valor e grava esse novo valor no inversor partida suave ou partida discreta apropriados

1 Conecte o microcomputador ao terminal PVc usando um cabo USB

2 Conecte o terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix usando o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02

3 Inicie o Internet Explorer 7 ou o Firefox 20

4 Na barra de endereccedilos de seu navegador digite o endereccedilo de IP 1692542542 (Esse eacute um endereccedilo de IP fixo utilizado pela porta USB)

5 Pressione Enter para conectar seu microcomputador ao terminal PVc

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02

Porta USB

Porta USB

Controlador MicroLogix

1761-CBL-PM02

22 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

6 Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo na caixa de diaacutelogo do painel do PVc e clique em Edit

7 Na caixa de diaacutelogo Edit clique na guia Communication

A caixa de diaacutelogo a seguir eacute exibida

8 Clique sobre Serial em Protocol e selecione DF1 na lista suspensa

9 Em PanelView Component Settings certifique-se de que o Station Address seja 2

Botatildeo Validate

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 23

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

10 Em Controller Settings

a Aceite o nome-padratildeo ldquoPLC-1rdquob Selecione MicroLogix no campo Controller Typec No campo Address insira 1

11 Clique em Validate

12 Clique em Salvar

13 Clique em Switch to PanelView Explorer Startup

14 Na janela Application Dashboard selecione a aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting Building Block

15 Clique em Run para executar a aplicaccedilatildeo

Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview

Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo do PVc estaacute sendo executada todos os inversores ou partidas habilitados satildeo exibidos na tela Starters Overview como ldquo140M Onrdquo ldquoRunningrdquo ou ldquoFaultrdquo Para facilitar a utilizaccedilatildeo desse programa pelo OEM o cabeccedilalho referente agrave partida permanece geneacuterico com referecircncia agrave habilidade de alterar partidas sem a necessidade de alterar a primeira paacutegina do PVc Para alterar os bototildees em si consulte o manual de usuaacuterio dos Terminais IHM do PanelView Component

bull ldquoM1rdquo eacute designado para o controlador SMC-3

bull ldquoM2rdquo eacute designado para a partida 103T

bull ldquoM3rdquo eacute designado para o inversor PF 4M

bull ldquoM4rdquo eacute designado para a partida 190E

24 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU ltFEFF00560065007200770065006e00640065006e0020005300690065002000640069006500730065002000450069006e007300740065006c006c0075006e00670065006e0020007a0075006d002000450072007300740065006c006c0065006e00200076006f006e0020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e002c00200075006d002000650069006e00650020007a0075007600650072006c00e40073007300690067006500200041006e007a006500690067006500200075006e00640020004100750073006700610062006500200076006f006e00200047006500730063006800e40066007400730064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007a0075002000650072007a00690065006c0065006e002e00200044006900650020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650020006b00f6006e006e0065006e0020006d006900740020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0064006500720020006d00690074002000640065006d002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200075006e00640020006800f600680065007200200067006500f600660066006e00650074002000770065007200640065006e002egt FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 12: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidasndash Inversor PowerFlex Classe 4 (O inversor PowerFlex 4M eacute utilizado neste documento)

bull No caso dos inversores PowerFlex 4M 4 40 e 400 existe um teclado e uma tela incorporados para ediccedilatildeo dos paracircmetros

bull No caso do inversor PowerFlex 40P para editar os paracircmetros vocecirc precisa de

- uma interface portaacutetil coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 22-HIM-A3ou

- software DriveExplorer instalado no microcomputador e uma interface USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1203-USB

ndash Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBRndash Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TEndash Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser encomendadas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute encomendar a partida inteira Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

Siga estas etapas

Siga esses passos para configurar os paracircmetros nos inversores e definir as minisseletoras no Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3

Iniacutecio

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M paacutegina 13

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3 paacutegina 16

12 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M

Os paracircmetros-padratildeo de faacutebrica permitem que o inversor seja controlado a partir do teclado integral Natildeo eacute necessaacuteria programaccedilatildeo para ligar desligar mudar a direccedilatildeo e controlar a velocidade diretamente a partir do teclado integral

Contudo para esse elemento fundamental vocecirc iraacute definir o paracircmetro P106 [Start Source] em controle de 2 fios No exemplo para esse elemento fundamental o inversor PF 4M eacute utilizado em um modo natildeo-reversor de Controle SRC de dois fios (sourcing interno) SRC eacute o padratildeo para um inversor novo Se o seu inversor tiver sido utilizado anteriormente certifique-se de que a chave SNKSRC (sinksource) abaixo da cobertura frontal do inversor PF 4M estaacute definida em SRC Consulte o manual do usuaacuterio do inversor PF 4M para as necessidades especiacuteficas natildeo exibidas neste exemplo

Aleacutem disso vocecirc iraacute mudar o paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Sel] para exibir ldquoMotorRunningrdquo uma vez que esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor Consulte Testando outros Inversores e Partidas paacutegina 30 para obter detalhes

Siga esse procedimento para alterar os paracircmetros P106 [Start Source] e t221 [Relay Out Sel] utilizando o teclado PowerFlex 4M explicado abaixo

Teclado do PowerFlex 4M

Tecla Nome da tecla Descriccedilatildeo

Escapebull Volta uma etapa no modo de Programa

bull Cancela uma alteraccedilatildeo no valor do paracircmetro e sai do modo de Programa

Selecionarbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Seleciona um diacutegito ao exibir um valor de um paracircmetro

Seta acimabull Percorre os grupos e paracircmetros

bull Aumenta ou diminui o valor do diacutegito que pisca

Seta abaixo

Enterbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Salva uma alteraccedilatildeo de um valor de paracircmetro

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 13

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

1 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

2 Pressione Sel ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda pisque

3 Pressione a seta abaixo ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda exibido seja um ldquoPrdquo piscando

4 Pressione Enter

O ldquoPrdquo natildeo pisca mais e a tecla numeacuterica mais agrave direita pisca

Por padratildeo o primeiro paracircmetro ldquoPrdquo P101 eacute exibido Pressionar a seta acima aumenta o valor dos paracircmetros ldquoPrdquo e pressionar a seta abaixo diminui o valor dos mesmos

5 Pressione a seta acima cinco vezes ateacute exibir P106

O valor atual do paracircmetro P106 eacute exibido nesse caso ldquo0rdquo

6 Pressione Enter

O ldquo0rdquo pisca

7 Pressione a seta acima duas vezes para ajustar o valor para ldquo2rdquo

8 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito

O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

9 Pressione Esc

P106 deve ser exibido com o ldquo6rdquo piscando

10 Pressione Esc ateacute que o ldquoPrdquo esteja piscando no caractere alfanumeacuterico mais agrave esquerda

11 Pressione a seta acima ou abaixo para rolar pelo menu de grupo ateacute ldquotrdquo

12 Pressione Enter

O ldquo1rdquo pisca

Desligue o inversor antes de alterar o paracircmetro P106

14 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

13 Pressione e segure a seta acima ateacute alcanccedilar ldquo221rdquo

Se vocecirc passar do valor pressione a seta abaixo ateacute retornar a ldquo221rdquo

14 Pressione Enter duas vezes de forma que ldquo0rdquo pisque

15 Pressione a seta acima para mover para o valor ldquo2rdquo

16 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

17 Pressione Esc

Agora o paracircmetro t221 deve ser exibido com o ldquo1rdquo piscando

18 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

19 Desligue o inversor ateacute o visor apagar e ligue-o novamente

Agora o inversor estaacute configurado para ser controlado por bototildees pulsadores e comandos de comunicaccedilatildeo iniciados a partir do controlador MicroLogix

Como em todos os elementos fundamentais esses satildeo exemplos da obtenccedilatildeo de informaccedilatildeo de um produto de forma discreta Vocecirc pode alterar o paracircmetro t221 ou outras configuraccedilotildees das partidas e inversores para se adequarem agrave sua aplicaccedilatildeo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 15

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3

O Controlador Inteligente de Motor SMC-3 deve ser ajustado para o contator de isolaccedilatildeo e para as configuraccedilotildees adequadas para o motor Abaixo estatildeo as configuraccedilotildees de minisseletora utilizadas pelo controlador SMC-3 e os passos para alteraacute-los

DICA O 140M MPCB especificado na lista de materiais para este componente fundamental possui uma classe de desarme de 10 Contudo se vocecirc desejar utilizar as configuraccedilotildees da classe de desarme de sobrecarga no controlador SMC-3 vocecirc pode trocar o 140M MPCB pelo 140M MCP

16 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

1 Ajuste as configuraccedilotildees da minisseletora conforme as necessidades de partida de seu motor utilizando o graacutefico abaixo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 17

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

2 Certifique-se de que a minisseletora 14 estaacute configurada como Normal (desligado)

Isso iraacute introduzir o contator de isolaccedilatildeo quando o SMC-3 tiver recebido o sinal de entrada A minisseletora 14 tambeacutem iraacute fechar o contato aux NA instalado lateralmente quando a partida atingir a velocidade O fechamento desse contato aux enviaraacute o sinal de volta ao controlador MicroLogix

3 Se mudar para um MCP ajuste as minisseletoras 11 e 12 para a classe de desarme de sobrecarga adequada

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

IMPORTANTE A partida 103T utiliza um MCP (Protetor de Circuito de Motor) 140M o qual utiliza uma sobrecarga separada E1 Plus que deve ser ajustada conforme as necessidades de seu sistema

A partida 190E a partida SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M tecircm de ter o mostrador de sobrecarga definido nos MPCB (Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do Motor) 140M

18 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 2

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Introduccedilatildeo

Neste capiacutetulo vocecirc verifica se a comunicaccedilatildeo entre o controlador MicroLogix e as partidas discretas individuais e entre o controlador MicroLogix e o terminal PanelView Component (PVc) estaacute ocorrendo como planejado Para ligar e desligar utilizando o terminal PVc eacute necessaacuterio que a chave HOA externa esteja na posiccedilatildeo Auto No modo Manual o terminal PVc ainda pode ler o status das partidas e inversores mas natildeo possui capacidades ligadesliga

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se realizou todos os passos do Capiacutetulo 3 do documento

bull Verifique se concluiu todas as etapas do Capiacutetulo 1 deste documento

bull Verifique se todos os dispositivos estatildeo conectados conforme o esquema eleacutetrico em CAD de Controle de Motor Simples no Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Verifique se o controlador MicroLogix o inversor PowerFlex e o terminal PVc estatildeo sendo alimentados

19Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 19

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Microcomputador com navegador Internet Explorer 7 ou Firefox

bull Terminal PanelView Component

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidas

bull Inversor PowerFlex 4M

bull Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBR

bull Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TE

bull Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser pedidas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute pedir a partidas inteiras Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

bull Controlador MicroLogix 1100 ou 1400

bull Cabo serial coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1761-CBL-PM02

bull Cabo USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 2711C-CBL-UU02 ou similar

Siga estas etapas

Siga essas etapas para verificar se haacute comunicaccedilatildeo entre seus dispositivos e para testar o sistema

Iniacutecio

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador paacutegina 21

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador

MicroLogix paacutegina 22

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

paacutegina 25

20 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador

O ambiente tempo de projeto PanelView Explorer eacute acessado por meio de um navegador de web conectando seu computador ao terminal PVc por meio de uma conexatildeo USB Antes de conectar seu computador agrave porta USB do terminal PVc vocecirc deve instalar o driver do Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS em um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista Apoacutes instalar o driver vocecirc pode conectar o terminal PVc ao seu computador Para obter detalhes sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do driver consulte PanelView Component Terminal User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Conexotildees USB do Terminal PVc

Todos os terminais do PanelView Component suportam uma conexatildeo por porta USB e requerem um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista bem como o driver de Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS instalado O driver natildeo pode ser instalado em um computador com sistema operacional Windows 2000

1 Conecte uma das extremidades de um cabo USB agrave porta de dispositivo mini-USB em seu terminal PVc

2 Conecte a outra extremidade do cabo USB a uma porta USB em seu microcomputador

3 Energize o terminal PVc e o microcomputador

Janela de Partida do PanelView Explorer

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 21

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador MicroLogix

O terminal PanelView Component (PVc) com tela touchscreen monocromaacutetica de 3 polegadas comunica-se com o controlador MicroLogix pela rede DF1 A aplicaccedilatildeo PVc lecirc e grava na tabela de dados do controlador MicroLogix Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo PVc grava no controlador MicroLogix o programa do controlador detecta a alteraccedilatildeo de valor e grava esse novo valor no inversor partida suave ou partida discreta apropriados

1 Conecte o microcomputador ao terminal PVc usando um cabo USB

2 Conecte o terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix usando o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02

3 Inicie o Internet Explorer 7 ou o Firefox 20

4 Na barra de endereccedilos de seu navegador digite o endereccedilo de IP 1692542542 (Esse eacute um endereccedilo de IP fixo utilizado pela porta USB)

5 Pressione Enter para conectar seu microcomputador ao terminal PVc

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02

Porta USB

Porta USB

Controlador MicroLogix

1761-CBL-PM02

22 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

6 Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo na caixa de diaacutelogo do painel do PVc e clique em Edit

7 Na caixa de diaacutelogo Edit clique na guia Communication

A caixa de diaacutelogo a seguir eacute exibida

8 Clique sobre Serial em Protocol e selecione DF1 na lista suspensa

9 Em PanelView Component Settings certifique-se de que o Station Address seja 2

Botatildeo Validate

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 23

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

10 Em Controller Settings

a Aceite o nome-padratildeo ldquoPLC-1rdquob Selecione MicroLogix no campo Controller Typec No campo Address insira 1

11 Clique em Validate

12 Clique em Salvar

13 Clique em Switch to PanelView Explorer Startup

14 Na janela Application Dashboard selecione a aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting Building Block

15 Clique em Run para executar a aplicaccedilatildeo

Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview

Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo do PVc estaacute sendo executada todos os inversores ou partidas habilitados satildeo exibidos na tela Starters Overview como ldquo140M Onrdquo ldquoRunningrdquo ou ldquoFaultrdquo Para facilitar a utilizaccedilatildeo desse programa pelo OEM o cabeccedilalho referente agrave partida permanece geneacuterico com referecircncia agrave habilidade de alterar partidas sem a necessidade de alterar a primeira paacutegina do PVc Para alterar os bototildees em si consulte o manual de usuaacuterio dos Terminais IHM do PanelView Component

bull ldquoM1rdquo eacute designado para o controlador SMC-3

bull ldquoM2rdquo eacute designado para a partida 103T

bull ldquoM3rdquo eacute designado para o inversor PF 4M

bull ldquoM4rdquo eacute designado para a partida 190E

24 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB ltFEFF005500740069006c0069007a006500200065007300740061007300200063006f006e00660069006700750072006100e700f5006500730020007000610072006100200063007200690061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200063006f006d00200075006d0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100e700e3006f0020006500200069006d0070007200650073007300e3006f00200061006400650071007500610064006100730020007000610072006100200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200063006f006d0065007200630069006100690073002e0020004f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200070006f00640065006d0020007300650072002000610062006500720074006f007300200063006f006d0020006f0020004100630072006f006200610074002c002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006500200070006f00730074006500720069006f0072002egt DAN ltFEFF004200720075006700200064006900730073006500200069006e0064007300740069006c006c0069006e006700650072002000740069006c0020006100740020006f0070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002c0020006400650072002000650072002000650067006e006500640065002000740069006c0020007000e5006c006900640065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500640073006b007200690076006e0069006e006700200061006600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50062006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00670020006e0079006500720065002egt NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 13: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

Ajuste o Inversor PowerFlex 4M

Os paracircmetros-padratildeo de faacutebrica permitem que o inversor seja controlado a partir do teclado integral Natildeo eacute necessaacuteria programaccedilatildeo para ligar desligar mudar a direccedilatildeo e controlar a velocidade diretamente a partir do teclado integral

Contudo para esse elemento fundamental vocecirc iraacute definir o paracircmetro P106 [Start Source] em controle de 2 fios No exemplo para esse elemento fundamental o inversor PF 4M eacute utilizado em um modo natildeo-reversor de Controle SRC de dois fios (sourcing interno) SRC eacute o padratildeo para um inversor novo Se o seu inversor tiver sido utilizado anteriormente certifique-se de que a chave SNKSRC (sinksource) abaixo da cobertura frontal do inversor PF 4M estaacute definida em SRC Consulte o manual do usuaacuterio do inversor PF 4M para as necessidades especiacuteficas natildeo exibidas neste exemplo

Aleacutem disso vocecirc iraacute mudar o paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Sel] para exibir ldquoMotorRunningrdquo uma vez que esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor Consulte Testando outros Inversores e Partidas paacutegina 30 para obter detalhes

Siga esse procedimento para alterar os paracircmetros P106 [Start Source] e t221 [Relay Out Sel] utilizando o teclado PowerFlex 4M explicado abaixo

Teclado do PowerFlex 4M

Tecla Nome da tecla Descriccedilatildeo

Escapebull Volta uma etapa no modo de Programa

bull Cancela uma alteraccedilatildeo no valor do paracircmetro e sai do modo de Programa

Selecionarbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Seleciona um diacutegito ao exibir um valor de um paracircmetro

Seta acimabull Percorre os grupos e paracircmetros

bull Aumenta ou diminui o valor do diacutegito que pisca

Seta abaixo

Enterbull Avanccedila uma etapa no menu de programaccedilatildeo

bull Salva uma alteraccedilatildeo de um valor de paracircmetro

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 13

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

1 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

2 Pressione Sel ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda pisque

3 Pressione a seta abaixo ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda exibido seja um ldquoPrdquo piscando

4 Pressione Enter

O ldquoPrdquo natildeo pisca mais e a tecla numeacuterica mais agrave direita pisca

Por padratildeo o primeiro paracircmetro ldquoPrdquo P101 eacute exibido Pressionar a seta acima aumenta o valor dos paracircmetros ldquoPrdquo e pressionar a seta abaixo diminui o valor dos mesmos

5 Pressione a seta acima cinco vezes ateacute exibir P106

O valor atual do paracircmetro P106 eacute exibido nesse caso ldquo0rdquo

6 Pressione Enter

O ldquo0rdquo pisca

7 Pressione a seta acima duas vezes para ajustar o valor para ldquo2rdquo

8 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito

O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

9 Pressione Esc

P106 deve ser exibido com o ldquo6rdquo piscando

10 Pressione Esc ateacute que o ldquoPrdquo esteja piscando no caractere alfanumeacuterico mais agrave esquerda

11 Pressione a seta acima ou abaixo para rolar pelo menu de grupo ateacute ldquotrdquo

12 Pressione Enter

O ldquo1rdquo pisca

Desligue o inversor antes de alterar o paracircmetro P106

14 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

13 Pressione e segure a seta acima ateacute alcanccedilar ldquo221rdquo

Se vocecirc passar do valor pressione a seta abaixo ateacute retornar a ldquo221rdquo

14 Pressione Enter duas vezes de forma que ldquo0rdquo pisque

15 Pressione a seta acima para mover para o valor ldquo2rdquo

16 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

17 Pressione Esc

Agora o paracircmetro t221 deve ser exibido com o ldquo1rdquo piscando

18 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

19 Desligue o inversor ateacute o visor apagar e ligue-o novamente

Agora o inversor estaacute configurado para ser controlado por bototildees pulsadores e comandos de comunicaccedilatildeo iniciados a partir do controlador MicroLogix

Como em todos os elementos fundamentais esses satildeo exemplos da obtenccedilatildeo de informaccedilatildeo de um produto de forma discreta Vocecirc pode alterar o paracircmetro t221 ou outras configuraccedilotildees das partidas e inversores para se adequarem agrave sua aplicaccedilatildeo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 15

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3

O Controlador Inteligente de Motor SMC-3 deve ser ajustado para o contator de isolaccedilatildeo e para as configuraccedilotildees adequadas para o motor Abaixo estatildeo as configuraccedilotildees de minisseletora utilizadas pelo controlador SMC-3 e os passos para alteraacute-los

DICA O 140M MPCB especificado na lista de materiais para este componente fundamental possui uma classe de desarme de 10 Contudo se vocecirc desejar utilizar as configuraccedilotildees da classe de desarme de sobrecarga no controlador SMC-3 vocecirc pode trocar o 140M MPCB pelo 140M MCP

16 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

1 Ajuste as configuraccedilotildees da minisseletora conforme as necessidades de partida de seu motor utilizando o graacutefico abaixo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 17

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

2 Certifique-se de que a minisseletora 14 estaacute configurada como Normal (desligado)

Isso iraacute introduzir o contator de isolaccedilatildeo quando o SMC-3 tiver recebido o sinal de entrada A minisseletora 14 tambeacutem iraacute fechar o contato aux NA instalado lateralmente quando a partida atingir a velocidade O fechamento desse contato aux enviaraacute o sinal de volta ao controlador MicroLogix

3 Se mudar para um MCP ajuste as minisseletoras 11 e 12 para a classe de desarme de sobrecarga adequada

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

IMPORTANTE A partida 103T utiliza um MCP (Protetor de Circuito de Motor) 140M o qual utiliza uma sobrecarga separada E1 Plus que deve ser ajustada conforme as necessidades de seu sistema

A partida 190E a partida SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M tecircm de ter o mostrador de sobrecarga definido nos MPCB (Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do Motor) 140M

18 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 2

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Introduccedilatildeo

Neste capiacutetulo vocecirc verifica se a comunicaccedilatildeo entre o controlador MicroLogix e as partidas discretas individuais e entre o controlador MicroLogix e o terminal PanelView Component (PVc) estaacute ocorrendo como planejado Para ligar e desligar utilizando o terminal PVc eacute necessaacuterio que a chave HOA externa esteja na posiccedilatildeo Auto No modo Manual o terminal PVc ainda pode ler o status das partidas e inversores mas natildeo possui capacidades ligadesliga

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se realizou todos os passos do Capiacutetulo 3 do documento

bull Verifique se concluiu todas as etapas do Capiacutetulo 1 deste documento

bull Verifique se todos os dispositivos estatildeo conectados conforme o esquema eleacutetrico em CAD de Controle de Motor Simples no Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Verifique se o controlador MicroLogix o inversor PowerFlex e o terminal PVc estatildeo sendo alimentados

19Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 19

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Microcomputador com navegador Internet Explorer 7 ou Firefox

bull Terminal PanelView Component

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidas

bull Inversor PowerFlex 4M

bull Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBR

bull Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TE

bull Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser pedidas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute pedir a partidas inteiras Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

bull Controlador MicroLogix 1100 ou 1400

bull Cabo serial coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1761-CBL-PM02

bull Cabo USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 2711C-CBL-UU02 ou similar

Siga estas etapas

Siga essas etapas para verificar se haacute comunicaccedilatildeo entre seus dispositivos e para testar o sistema

Iniacutecio

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador paacutegina 21

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador

MicroLogix paacutegina 22

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

paacutegina 25

20 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador

O ambiente tempo de projeto PanelView Explorer eacute acessado por meio de um navegador de web conectando seu computador ao terminal PVc por meio de uma conexatildeo USB Antes de conectar seu computador agrave porta USB do terminal PVc vocecirc deve instalar o driver do Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS em um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista Apoacutes instalar o driver vocecirc pode conectar o terminal PVc ao seu computador Para obter detalhes sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do driver consulte PanelView Component Terminal User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Conexotildees USB do Terminal PVc

Todos os terminais do PanelView Component suportam uma conexatildeo por porta USB e requerem um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista bem como o driver de Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS instalado O driver natildeo pode ser instalado em um computador com sistema operacional Windows 2000

1 Conecte uma das extremidades de um cabo USB agrave porta de dispositivo mini-USB em seu terminal PVc

2 Conecte a outra extremidade do cabo USB a uma porta USB em seu microcomputador

3 Energize o terminal PVc e o microcomputador

Janela de Partida do PanelView Explorer

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 21

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador MicroLogix

O terminal PanelView Component (PVc) com tela touchscreen monocromaacutetica de 3 polegadas comunica-se com o controlador MicroLogix pela rede DF1 A aplicaccedilatildeo PVc lecirc e grava na tabela de dados do controlador MicroLogix Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo PVc grava no controlador MicroLogix o programa do controlador detecta a alteraccedilatildeo de valor e grava esse novo valor no inversor partida suave ou partida discreta apropriados

1 Conecte o microcomputador ao terminal PVc usando um cabo USB

2 Conecte o terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix usando o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02

3 Inicie o Internet Explorer 7 ou o Firefox 20

4 Na barra de endereccedilos de seu navegador digite o endereccedilo de IP 1692542542 (Esse eacute um endereccedilo de IP fixo utilizado pela porta USB)

5 Pressione Enter para conectar seu microcomputador ao terminal PVc

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02

Porta USB

Porta USB

Controlador MicroLogix

1761-CBL-PM02

22 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

6 Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo na caixa de diaacutelogo do painel do PVc e clique em Edit

7 Na caixa de diaacutelogo Edit clique na guia Communication

A caixa de diaacutelogo a seguir eacute exibida

8 Clique sobre Serial em Protocol e selecione DF1 na lista suspensa

9 Em PanelView Component Settings certifique-se de que o Station Address seja 2

Botatildeo Validate

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 23

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

10 Em Controller Settings

a Aceite o nome-padratildeo ldquoPLC-1rdquob Selecione MicroLogix no campo Controller Typec No campo Address insira 1

11 Clique em Validate

12 Clique em Salvar

13 Clique em Switch to PanelView Explorer Startup

14 Na janela Application Dashboard selecione a aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting Building Block

15 Clique em Run para executar a aplicaccedilatildeo

Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview

Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo do PVc estaacute sendo executada todos os inversores ou partidas habilitados satildeo exibidos na tela Starters Overview como ldquo140M Onrdquo ldquoRunningrdquo ou ldquoFaultrdquo Para facilitar a utilizaccedilatildeo desse programa pelo OEM o cabeccedilalho referente agrave partida permanece geneacuterico com referecircncia agrave habilidade de alterar partidas sem a necessidade de alterar a primeira paacutegina do PVc Para alterar os bototildees em si consulte o manual de usuaacuterio dos Terminais IHM do PanelView Component

bull ldquoM1rdquo eacute designado para o controlador SMC-3

bull ldquoM2rdquo eacute designado para a partida 103T

bull ldquoM3rdquo eacute designado para o inversor PF 4M

bull ldquoM4rdquo eacute designado para a partida 190E

24 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU ltFEFF00560065007200770065006e00640065006e0020005300690065002000640069006500730065002000450069006e007300740065006c006c0075006e00670065006e0020007a0075006d002000450072007300740065006c006c0065006e00200076006f006e0020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e002c00200075006d002000650069006e00650020007a0075007600650072006c00e40073007300690067006500200041006e007a006500690067006500200075006e00640020004100750073006700610062006500200076006f006e00200047006500730063006800e40066007400730064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007a0075002000650072007a00690065006c0065006e002e00200044006900650020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650020006b00f6006e006e0065006e0020006d006900740020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0064006500720020006d00690074002000640065006d002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200075006e00640020006800f600680065007200200067006500f600660066006e00650074002000770065007200640065006e002egt FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 14: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

1 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

2 Pressione Sel ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda pisque

3 Pressione a seta abaixo ateacute que o caractere mais agrave esquerda exibido seja um ldquoPrdquo piscando

4 Pressione Enter

O ldquoPrdquo natildeo pisca mais e a tecla numeacuterica mais agrave direita pisca

Por padratildeo o primeiro paracircmetro ldquoPrdquo P101 eacute exibido Pressionar a seta acima aumenta o valor dos paracircmetros ldquoPrdquo e pressionar a seta abaixo diminui o valor dos mesmos

5 Pressione a seta acima cinco vezes ateacute exibir P106

O valor atual do paracircmetro P106 eacute exibido nesse caso ldquo0rdquo

6 Pressione Enter

O ldquo0rdquo pisca

7 Pressione a seta acima duas vezes para ajustar o valor para ldquo2rdquo

8 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito

O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

9 Pressione Esc

P106 deve ser exibido com o ldquo6rdquo piscando

10 Pressione Esc ateacute que o ldquoPrdquo esteja piscando no caractere alfanumeacuterico mais agrave esquerda

11 Pressione a seta acima ou abaixo para rolar pelo menu de grupo ateacute ldquotrdquo

12 Pressione Enter

O ldquo1rdquo pisca

Desligue o inversor antes de alterar o paracircmetro P106

14 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

13 Pressione e segure a seta acima ateacute alcanccedilar ldquo221rdquo

Se vocecirc passar do valor pressione a seta abaixo ateacute retornar a ldquo221rdquo

14 Pressione Enter duas vezes de forma que ldquo0rdquo pisque

15 Pressione a seta acima para mover para o valor ldquo2rdquo

16 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

17 Pressione Esc

Agora o paracircmetro t221 deve ser exibido com o ldquo1rdquo piscando

18 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

19 Desligue o inversor ateacute o visor apagar e ligue-o novamente

Agora o inversor estaacute configurado para ser controlado por bototildees pulsadores e comandos de comunicaccedilatildeo iniciados a partir do controlador MicroLogix

Como em todos os elementos fundamentais esses satildeo exemplos da obtenccedilatildeo de informaccedilatildeo de um produto de forma discreta Vocecirc pode alterar o paracircmetro t221 ou outras configuraccedilotildees das partidas e inversores para se adequarem agrave sua aplicaccedilatildeo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 15

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3

O Controlador Inteligente de Motor SMC-3 deve ser ajustado para o contator de isolaccedilatildeo e para as configuraccedilotildees adequadas para o motor Abaixo estatildeo as configuraccedilotildees de minisseletora utilizadas pelo controlador SMC-3 e os passos para alteraacute-los

DICA O 140M MPCB especificado na lista de materiais para este componente fundamental possui uma classe de desarme de 10 Contudo se vocecirc desejar utilizar as configuraccedilotildees da classe de desarme de sobrecarga no controlador SMC-3 vocecirc pode trocar o 140M MPCB pelo 140M MCP

16 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

1 Ajuste as configuraccedilotildees da minisseletora conforme as necessidades de partida de seu motor utilizando o graacutefico abaixo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 17

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

2 Certifique-se de que a minisseletora 14 estaacute configurada como Normal (desligado)

Isso iraacute introduzir o contator de isolaccedilatildeo quando o SMC-3 tiver recebido o sinal de entrada A minisseletora 14 tambeacutem iraacute fechar o contato aux NA instalado lateralmente quando a partida atingir a velocidade O fechamento desse contato aux enviaraacute o sinal de volta ao controlador MicroLogix

3 Se mudar para um MCP ajuste as minisseletoras 11 e 12 para a classe de desarme de sobrecarga adequada

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

IMPORTANTE A partida 103T utiliza um MCP (Protetor de Circuito de Motor) 140M o qual utiliza uma sobrecarga separada E1 Plus que deve ser ajustada conforme as necessidades de seu sistema

A partida 190E a partida SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M tecircm de ter o mostrador de sobrecarga definido nos MPCB (Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do Motor) 140M

18 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 2

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Introduccedilatildeo

Neste capiacutetulo vocecirc verifica se a comunicaccedilatildeo entre o controlador MicroLogix e as partidas discretas individuais e entre o controlador MicroLogix e o terminal PanelView Component (PVc) estaacute ocorrendo como planejado Para ligar e desligar utilizando o terminal PVc eacute necessaacuterio que a chave HOA externa esteja na posiccedilatildeo Auto No modo Manual o terminal PVc ainda pode ler o status das partidas e inversores mas natildeo possui capacidades ligadesliga

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se realizou todos os passos do Capiacutetulo 3 do documento

bull Verifique se concluiu todas as etapas do Capiacutetulo 1 deste documento

bull Verifique se todos os dispositivos estatildeo conectados conforme o esquema eleacutetrico em CAD de Controle de Motor Simples no Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Verifique se o controlador MicroLogix o inversor PowerFlex e o terminal PVc estatildeo sendo alimentados

19Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 19

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Microcomputador com navegador Internet Explorer 7 ou Firefox

bull Terminal PanelView Component

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidas

bull Inversor PowerFlex 4M

bull Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBR

bull Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TE

bull Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser pedidas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute pedir a partidas inteiras Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

bull Controlador MicroLogix 1100 ou 1400

bull Cabo serial coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1761-CBL-PM02

bull Cabo USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 2711C-CBL-UU02 ou similar

Siga estas etapas

Siga essas etapas para verificar se haacute comunicaccedilatildeo entre seus dispositivos e para testar o sistema

Iniacutecio

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador paacutegina 21

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador

MicroLogix paacutegina 22

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

paacutegina 25

20 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador

O ambiente tempo de projeto PanelView Explorer eacute acessado por meio de um navegador de web conectando seu computador ao terminal PVc por meio de uma conexatildeo USB Antes de conectar seu computador agrave porta USB do terminal PVc vocecirc deve instalar o driver do Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS em um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista Apoacutes instalar o driver vocecirc pode conectar o terminal PVc ao seu computador Para obter detalhes sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do driver consulte PanelView Component Terminal User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Conexotildees USB do Terminal PVc

Todos os terminais do PanelView Component suportam uma conexatildeo por porta USB e requerem um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista bem como o driver de Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS instalado O driver natildeo pode ser instalado em um computador com sistema operacional Windows 2000

1 Conecte uma das extremidades de um cabo USB agrave porta de dispositivo mini-USB em seu terminal PVc

2 Conecte a outra extremidade do cabo USB a uma porta USB em seu microcomputador

3 Energize o terminal PVc e o microcomputador

Janela de Partida do PanelView Explorer

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 21

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador MicroLogix

O terminal PanelView Component (PVc) com tela touchscreen monocromaacutetica de 3 polegadas comunica-se com o controlador MicroLogix pela rede DF1 A aplicaccedilatildeo PVc lecirc e grava na tabela de dados do controlador MicroLogix Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo PVc grava no controlador MicroLogix o programa do controlador detecta a alteraccedilatildeo de valor e grava esse novo valor no inversor partida suave ou partida discreta apropriados

1 Conecte o microcomputador ao terminal PVc usando um cabo USB

2 Conecte o terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix usando o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02

3 Inicie o Internet Explorer 7 ou o Firefox 20

4 Na barra de endereccedilos de seu navegador digite o endereccedilo de IP 1692542542 (Esse eacute um endereccedilo de IP fixo utilizado pela porta USB)

5 Pressione Enter para conectar seu microcomputador ao terminal PVc

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02

Porta USB

Porta USB

Controlador MicroLogix

1761-CBL-PM02

22 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

6 Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo na caixa de diaacutelogo do painel do PVc e clique em Edit

7 Na caixa de diaacutelogo Edit clique na guia Communication

A caixa de diaacutelogo a seguir eacute exibida

8 Clique sobre Serial em Protocol e selecione DF1 na lista suspensa

9 Em PanelView Component Settings certifique-se de que o Station Address seja 2

Botatildeo Validate

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 23

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

10 Em Controller Settings

a Aceite o nome-padratildeo ldquoPLC-1rdquob Selecione MicroLogix no campo Controller Typec No campo Address insira 1

11 Clique em Validate

12 Clique em Salvar

13 Clique em Switch to PanelView Explorer Startup

14 Na janela Application Dashboard selecione a aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting Building Block

15 Clique em Run para executar a aplicaccedilatildeo

Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview

Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo do PVc estaacute sendo executada todos os inversores ou partidas habilitados satildeo exibidos na tela Starters Overview como ldquo140M Onrdquo ldquoRunningrdquo ou ldquoFaultrdquo Para facilitar a utilizaccedilatildeo desse programa pelo OEM o cabeccedilalho referente agrave partida permanece geneacuterico com referecircncia agrave habilidade de alterar partidas sem a necessidade de alterar a primeira paacutegina do PVc Para alterar os bototildees em si consulte o manual de usuaacuterio dos Terminais IHM do PanelView Component

bull ldquoM1rdquo eacute designado para o controlador SMC-3

bull ldquoM2rdquo eacute designado para a partida 103T

bull ldquoM3rdquo eacute designado para o inversor PF 4M

bull ldquoM4rdquo eacute designado para a partida 190E

24 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA ltFEFF00550073006100720065002000710075006500730074006500200069006d0070006f007300740061007a0069006f006e00690020007000650072002000630072006500610072006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400690020005000440046002000610064006100740074006900200070006500720020006c00610020007300740061006d00700061002000650020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a007a0061007a0069006f006e006500200064006900200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006900200061007a00690065006e00640061006c0069002e0020004900200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740069002000500044004600200070006f00730073006f006e006f0020006500730073006500720065002000610070006500720074006900200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065002000760065007200730069006f006e006900200073007500630063006500730073006900760065002egt NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 15: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

13 Pressione e segure a seta acima ateacute alcanccedilar ldquo221rdquo

Se vocecirc passar do valor pressione a seta abaixo ateacute retornar a ldquo221rdquo

14 Pressione Enter duas vezes de forma que ldquo0rdquo pisque

15 Pressione a seta acima para mover para o valor ldquo2rdquo

16 Pressione Enter

O valor eacute aceito O ldquo2rdquo natildeo deve mais piscar Observe que o indicador de status verde junto ao botatildeo de Partida verde estaacute apagado

17 Pressione Esc

Agora o paracircmetro t221 deve ser exibido com o ldquo1rdquo piscando

18 Pressione Esc ateacute ser exibido ldquo00rdquo

19 Desligue o inversor ateacute o visor apagar e ligue-o novamente

Agora o inversor estaacute configurado para ser controlado por bototildees pulsadores e comandos de comunicaccedilatildeo iniciados a partir do controlador MicroLogix

Como em todos os elementos fundamentais esses satildeo exemplos da obtenccedilatildeo de informaccedilatildeo de um produto de forma discreta Vocecirc pode alterar o paracircmetro t221 ou outras configuraccedilotildees das partidas e inversores para se adequarem agrave sua aplicaccedilatildeo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 15

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3

O Controlador Inteligente de Motor SMC-3 deve ser ajustado para o contator de isolaccedilatildeo e para as configuraccedilotildees adequadas para o motor Abaixo estatildeo as configuraccedilotildees de minisseletora utilizadas pelo controlador SMC-3 e os passos para alteraacute-los

DICA O 140M MPCB especificado na lista de materiais para este componente fundamental possui uma classe de desarme de 10 Contudo se vocecirc desejar utilizar as configuraccedilotildees da classe de desarme de sobrecarga no controlador SMC-3 vocecirc pode trocar o 140M MPCB pelo 140M MCP

16 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

1 Ajuste as configuraccedilotildees da minisseletora conforme as necessidades de partida de seu motor utilizando o graacutefico abaixo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 17

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

2 Certifique-se de que a minisseletora 14 estaacute configurada como Normal (desligado)

Isso iraacute introduzir o contator de isolaccedilatildeo quando o SMC-3 tiver recebido o sinal de entrada A minisseletora 14 tambeacutem iraacute fechar o contato aux NA instalado lateralmente quando a partida atingir a velocidade O fechamento desse contato aux enviaraacute o sinal de volta ao controlador MicroLogix

3 Se mudar para um MCP ajuste as minisseletoras 11 e 12 para a classe de desarme de sobrecarga adequada

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

IMPORTANTE A partida 103T utiliza um MCP (Protetor de Circuito de Motor) 140M o qual utiliza uma sobrecarga separada E1 Plus que deve ser ajustada conforme as necessidades de seu sistema

A partida 190E a partida SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M tecircm de ter o mostrador de sobrecarga definido nos MPCB (Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do Motor) 140M

18 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 2

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Introduccedilatildeo

Neste capiacutetulo vocecirc verifica se a comunicaccedilatildeo entre o controlador MicroLogix e as partidas discretas individuais e entre o controlador MicroLogix e o terminal PanelView Component (PVc) estaacute ocorrendo como planejado Para ligar e desligar utilizando o terminal PVc eacute necessaacuterio que a chave HOA externa esteja na posiccedilatildeo Auto No modo Manual o terminal PVc ainda pode ler o status das partidas e inversores mas natildeo possui capacidades ligadesliga

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se realizou todos os passos do Capiacutetulo 3 do documento

bull Verifique se concluiu todas as etapas do Capiacutetulo 1 deste documento

bull Verifique se todos os dispositivos estatildeo conectados conforme o esquema eleacutetrico em CAD de Controle de Motor Simples no Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Verifique se o controlador MicroLogix o inversor PowerFlex e o terminal PVc estatildeo sendo alimentados

19Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 19

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Microcomputador com navegador Internet Explorer 7 ou Firefox

bull Terminal PanelView Component

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidas

bull Inversor PowerFlex 4M

bull Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBR

bull Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TE

bull Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser pedidas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute pedir a partidas inteiras Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

bull Controlador MicroLogix 1100 ou 1400

bull Cabo serial coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1761-CBL-PM02

bull Cabo USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 2711C-CBL-UU02 ou similar

Siga estas etapas

Siga essas etapas para verificar se haacute comunicaccedilatildeo entre seus dispositivos e para testar o sistema

Iniacutecio

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador paacutegina 21

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador

MicroLogix paacutegina 22

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

paacutegina 25

20 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador

O ambiente tempo de projeto PanelView Explorer eacute acessado por meio de um navegador de web conectando seu computador ao terminal PVc por meio de uma conexatildeo USB Antes de conectar seu computador agrave porta USB do terminal PVc vocecirc deve instalar o driver do Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS em um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista Apoacutes instalar o driver vocecirc pode conectar o terminal PVc ao seu computador Para obter detalhes sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do driver consulte PanelView Component Terminal User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Conexotildees USB do Terminal PVc

Todos os terminais do PanelView Component suportam uma conexatildeo por porta USB e requerem um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista bem como o driver de Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS instalado O driver natildeo pode ser instalado em um computador com sistema operacional Windows 2000

1 Conecte uma das extremidades de um cabo USB agrave porta de dispositivo mini-USB em seu terminal PVc

2 Conecte a outra extremidade do cabo USB a uma porta USB em seu microcomputador

3 Energize o terminal PVc e o microcomputador

Janela de Partida do PanelView Explorer

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 21

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador MicroLogix

O terminal PanelView Component (PVc) com tela touchscreen monocromaacutetica de 3 polegadas comunica-se com o controlador MicroLogix pela rede DF1 A aplicaccedilatildeo PVc lecirc e grava na tabela de dados do controlador MicroLogix Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo PVc grava no controlador MicroLogix o programa do controlador detecta a alteraccedilatildeo de valor e grava esse novo valor no inversor partida suave ou partida discreta apropriados

1 Conecte o microcomputador ao terminal PVc usando um cabo USB

2 Conecte o terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix usando o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02

3 Inicie o Internet Explorer 7 ou o Firefox 20

4 Na barra de endereccedilos de seu navegador digite o endereccedilo de IP 1692542542 (Esse eacute um endereccedilo de IP fixo utilizado pela porta USB)

5 Pressione Enter para conectar seu microcomputador ao terminal PVc

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02

Porta USB

Porta USB

Controlador MicroLogix

1761-CBL-PM02

22 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

6 Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo na caixa de diaacutelogo do painel do PVc e clique em Edit

7 Na caixa de diaacutelogo Edit clique na guia Communication

A caixa de diaacutelogo a seguir eacute exibida

8 Clique sobre Serial em Protocol e selecione DF1 na lista suspensa

9 Em PanelView Component Settings certifique-se de que o Station Address seja 2

Botatildeo Validate

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 23

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

10 Em Controller Settings

a Aceite o nome-padratildeo ldquoPLC-1rdquob Selecione MicroLogix no campo Controller Typec No campo Address insira 1

11 Clique em Validate

12 Clique em Salvar

13 Clique em Switch to PanelView Explorer Startup

14 Na janela Application Dashboard selecione a aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting Building Block

15 Clique em Run para executar a aplicaccedilatildeo

Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview

Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo do PVc estaacute sendo executada todos os inversores ou partidas habilitados satildeo exibidos na tela Starters Overview como ldquo140M Onrdquo ldquoRunningrdquo ou ldquoFaultrdquo Para facilitar a utilizaccedilatildeo desse programa pelo OEM o cabeccedilalho referente agrave partida permanece geneacuterico com referecircncia agrave habilidade de alterar partidas sem a necessidade de alterar a primeira paacutegina do PVc Para alterar os bototildees em si consulte o manual de usuaacuterio dos Terminais IHM do PanelView Component

bull ldquoM1rdquo eacute designado para o controlador SMC-3

bull ldquoM2rdquo eacute designado para a partida 103T

bull ldquoM3rdquo eacute designado para o inversor PF 4M

bull ldquoM4rdquo eacute designado para a partida 190E

24 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA ltFEFF004f007000740069006f006e00730020007000650072006d0065007400740061006e007400200064006500200063007200e900650072002000640065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000700072006f00660065007300730069006f006e006e0065006c007300200066006900610062006c0065007300200070006f007500720020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c00690073006100740069006f006e0020006500740020006c00270069006d007000720065007300730069006f006e002e00200049006c002000650073007400200070006f0073007300690062006c0065002000640027006f00750076007200690072002000630065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000640061006e00730020004100630072006f0062006100740020006500740020005200650061006400650072002c002000760065007200730069006f006e002000200035002e00300020006f007500200075006c007400e9007200690065007500720065002egt PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA ltFEFF00550073006100720065002000710075006500730074006500200069006d0070006f007300740061007a0069006f006e00690020007000650072002000630072006500610072006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400690020005000440046002000610064006100740074006900200070006500720020006c00610020007300740061006d00700061002000650020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a007a0061007a0069006f006e006500200064006900200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006900200061007a00690065006e00640061006c0069002e0020004900200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740069002000500044004600200070006f00730073006f006e006f0020006500730073006500720065002000610070006500720074006900200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065002000760065007200730069006f006e006900200073007500630063006500730073006900760065002egt NOR ltFEFF004200720075006b00200064006900730073006500200069006e006e007300740069006c006c0069006e00670065006e0065002000740069006c002000e50020006f00700070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065007200200073006f006d002000700061007300730065007200200066006f00720020007000e5006c006900740065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500740073006b007200690066007400200061007600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50070006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f0067002000730065006e006500720065002egt SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 16: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

Ajuste o controlador SMC-3

O Controlador Inteligente de Motor SMC-3 deve ser ajustado para o contator de isolaccedilatildeo e para as configuraccedilotildees adequadas para o motor Abaixo estatildeo as configuraccedilotildees de minisseletora utilizadas pelo controlador SMC-3 e os passos para alteraacute-los

DICA O 140M MPCB especificado na lista de materiais para este componente fundamental possui uma classe de desarme de 10 Contudo se vocecirc desejar utilizar as configuraccedilotildees da classe de desarme de sobrecarga no controlador SMC-3 vocecirc pode trocar o 140M MPCB pelo 140M MCP

16 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

1 Ajuste as configuraccedilotildees da minisseletora conforme as necessidades de partida de seu motor utilizando o graacutefico abaixo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 17

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

2 Certifique-se de que a minisseletora 14 estaacute configurada como Normal (desligado)

Isso iraacute introduzir o contator de isolaccedilatildeo quando o SMC-3 tiver recebido o sinal de entrada A minisseletora 14 tambeacutem iraacute fechar o contato aux NA instalado lateralmente quando a partida atingir a velocidade O fechamento desse contato aux enviaraacute o sinal de volta ao controlador MicroLogix

3 Se mudar para um MCP ajuste as minisseletoras 11 e 12 para a classe de desarme de sobrecarga adequada

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

IMPORTANTE A partida 103T utiliza um MCP (Protetor de Circuito de Motor) 140M o qual utiliza uma sobrecarga separada E1 Plus que deve ser ajustada conforme as necessidades de seu sistema

A partida 190E a partida SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M tecircm de ter o mostrador de sobrecarga definido nos MPCB (Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do Motor) 140M

18 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 2

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Introduccedilatildeo

Neste capiacutetulo vocecirc verifica se a comunicaccedilatildeo entre o controlador MicroLogix e as partidas discretas individuais e entre o controlador MicroLogix e o terminal PanelView Component (PVc) estaacute ocorrendo como planejado Para ligar e desligar utilizando o terminal PVc eacute necessaacuterio que a chave HOA externa esteja na posiccedilatildeo Auto No modo Manual o terminal PVc ainda pode ler o status das partidas e inversores mas natildeo possui capacidades ligadesliga

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se realizou todos os passos do Capiacutetulo 3 do documento

bull Verifique se concluiu todas as etapas do Capiacutetulo 1 deste documento

bull Verifique se todos os dispositivos estatildeo conectados conforme o esquema eleacutetrico em CAD de Controle de Motor Simples no Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Verifique se o controlador MicroLogix o inversor PowerFlex e o terminal PVc estatildeo sendo alimentados

19Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 19

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Microcomputador com navegador Internet Explorer 7 ou Firefox

bull Terminal PanelView Component

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidas

bull Inversor PowerFlex 4M

bull Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBR

bull Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TE

bull Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser pedidas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute pedir a partidas inteiras Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

bull Controlador MicroLogix 1100 ou 1400

bull Cabo serial coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1761-CBL-PM02

bull Cabo USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 2711C-CBL-UU02 ou similar

Siga estas etapas

Siga essas etapas para verificar se haacute comunicaccedilatildeo entre seus dispositivos e para testar o sistema

Iniacutecio

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador paacutegina 21

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador

MicroLogix paacutegina 22

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

paacutegina 25

20 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador

O ambiente tempo de projeto PanelView Explorer eacute acessado por meio de um navegador de web conectando seu computador ao terminal PVc por meio de uma conexatildeo USB Antes de conectar seu computador agrave porta USB do terminal PVc vocecirc deve instalar o driver do Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS em um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista Apoacutes instalar o driver vocecirc pode conectar o terminal PVc ao seu computador Para obter detalhes sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do driver consulte PanelView Component Terminal User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Conexotildees USB do Terminal PVc

Todos os terminais do PanelView Component suportam uma conexatildeo por porta USB e requerem um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista bem como o driver de Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS instalado O driver natildeo pode ser instalado em um computador com sistema operacional Windows 2000

1 Conecte uma das extremidades de um cabo USB agrave porta de dispositivo mini-USB em seu terminal PVc

2 Conecte a outra extremidade do cabo USB a uma porta USB em seu microcomputador

3 Energize o terminal PVc e o microcomputador

Janela de Partida do PanelView Explorer

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 21

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador MicroLogix

O terminal PanelView Component (PVc) com tela touchscreen monocromaacutetica de 3 polegadas comunica-se com o controlador MicroLogix pela rede DF1 A aplicaccedilatildeo PVc lecirc e grava na tabela de dados do controlador MicroLogix Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo PVc grava no controlador MicroLogix o programa do controlador detecta a alteraccedilatildeo de valor e grava esse novo valor no inversor partida suave ou partida discreta apropriados

1 Conecte o microcomputador ao terminal PVc usando um cabo USB

2 Conecte o terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix usando o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02

3 Inicie o Internet Explorer 7 ou o Firefox 20

4 Na barra de endereccedilos de seu navegador digite o endereccedilo de IP 1692542542 (Esse eacute um endereccedilo de IP fixo utilizado pela porta USB)

5 Pressione Enter para conectar seu microcomputador ao terminal PVc

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02

Porta USB

Porta USB

Controlador MicroLogix

1761-CBL-PM02

22 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

6 Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo na caixa de diaacutelogo do painel do PVc e clique em Edit

7 Na caixa de diaacutelogo Edit clique na guia Communication

A caixa de diaacutelogo a seguir eacute exibida

8 Clique sobre Serial em Protocol e selecione DF1 na lista suspensa

9 Em PanelView Component Settings certifique-se de que o Station Address seja 2

Botatildeo Validate

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 23

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

10 Em Controller Settings

a Aceite o nome-padratildeo ldquoPLC-1rdquob Selecione MicroLogix no campo Controller Typec No campo Address insira 1

11 Clique em Validate

12 Clique em Salvar

13 Clique em Switch to PanelView Explorer Startup

14 Na janela Application Dashboard selecione a aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting Building Block

15 Clique em Run para executar a aplicaccedilatildeo

Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview

Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo do PVc estaacute sendo executada todos os inversores ou partidas habilitados satildeo exibidos na tela Starters Overview como ldquo140M Onrdquo ldquoRunningrdquo ou ldquoFaultrdquo Para facilitar a utilizaccedilatildeo desse programa pelo OEM o cabeccedilalho referente agrave partida permanece geneacuterico com referecircncia agrave habilidade de alterar partidas sem a necessidade de alterar a primeira paacutegina do PVc Para alterar os bototildees em si consulte o manual de usuaacuterio dos Terminais IHM do PanelView Component

bull ldquoM1rdquo eacute designado para o controlador SMC-3

bull ldquoM2rdquo eacute designado para a partida 103T

bull ldquoM3rdquo eacute designado para o inversor PF 4M

bull ldquoM4rdquo eacute designado para a partida 190E

24 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 17: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples Capiacutetulo 1

1 Ajuste as configuraccedilotildees da minisseletora conforme as necessidades de partida de seu motor utilizando o graacutefico abaixo

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 17

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

2 Certifique-se de que a minisseletora 14 estaacute configurada como Normal (desligado)

Isso iraacute introduzir o contator de isolaccedilatildeo quando o SMC-3 tiver recebido o sinal de entrada A minisseletora 14 tambeacutem iraacute fechar o contato aux NA instalado lateralmente quando a partida atingir a velocidade O fechamento desse contato aux enviaraacute o sinal de volta ao controlador MicroLogix

3 Se mudar para um MCP ajuste as minisseletoras 11 e 12 para a classe de desarme de sobrecarga adequada

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

IMPORTANTE A partida 103T utiliza um MCP (Protetor de Circuito de Motor) 140M o qual utiliza uma sobrecarga separada E1 Plus que deve ser ajustada conforme as necessidades de seu sistema

A partida 190E a partida SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M tecircm de ter o mostrador de sobrecarga definido nos MPCB (Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do Motor) 140M

18 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 2

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Introduccedilatildeo

Neste capiacutetulo vocecirc verifica se a comunicaccedilatildeo entre o controlador MicroLogix e as partidas discretas individuais e entre o controlador MicroLogix e o terminal PanelView Component (PVc) estaacute ocorrendo como planejado Para ligar e desligar utilizando o terminal PVc eacute necessaacuterio que a chave HOA externa esteja na posiccedilatildeo Auto No modo Manual o terminal PVc ainda pode ler o status das partidas e inversores mas natildeo possui capacidades ligadesliga

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se realizou todos os passos do Capiacutetulo 3 do documento

bull Verifique se concluiu todas as etapas do Capiacutetulo 1 deste documento

bull Verifique se todos os dispositivos estatildeo conectados conforme o esquema eleacutetrico em CAD de Controle de Motor Simples no Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Verifique se o controlador MicroLogix o inversor PowerFlex e o terminal PVc estatildeo sendo alimentados

19Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 19

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Microcomputador com navegador Internet Explorer 7 ou Firefox

bull Terminal PanelView Component

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidas

bull Inversor PowerFlex 4M

bull Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBR

bull Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TE

bull Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser pedidas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute pedir a partidas inteiras Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

bull Controlador MicroLogix 1100 ou 1400

bull Cabo serial coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1761-CBL-PM02

bull Cabo USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 2711C-CBL-UU02 ou similar

Siga estas etapas

Siga essas etapas para verificar se haacute comunicaccedilatildeo entre seus dispositivos e para testar o sistema

Iniacutecio

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador paacutegina 21

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador

MicroLogix paacutegina 22

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

paacutegina 25

20 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador

O ambiente tempo de projeto PanelView Explorer eacute acessado por meio de um navegador de web conectando seu computador ao terminal PVc por meio de uma conexatildeo USB Antes de conectar seu computador agrave porta USB do terminal PVc vocecirc deve instalar o driver do Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS em um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista Apoacutes instalar o driver vocecirc pode conectar o terminal PVc ao seu computador Para obter detalhes sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do driver consulte PanelView Component Terminal User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Conexotildees USB do Terminal PVc

Todos os terminais do PanelView Component suportam uma conexatildeo por porta USB e requerem um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista bem como o driver de Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS instalado O driver natildeo pode ser instalado em um computador com sistema operacional Windows 2000

1 Conecte uma das extremidades de um cabo USB agrave porta de dispositivo mini-USB em seu terminal PVc

2 Conecte a outra extremidade do cabo USB a uma porta USB em seu microcomputador

3 Energize o terminal PVc e o microcomputador

Janela de Partida do PanelView Explorer

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 21

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador MicroLogix

O terminal PanelView Component (PVc) com tela touchscreen monocromaacutetica de 3 polegadas comunica-se com o controlador MicroLogix pela rede DF1 A aplicaccedilatildeo PVc lecirc e grava na tabela de dados do controlador MicroLogix Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo PVc grava no controlador MicroLogix o programa do controlador detecta a alteraccedilatildeo de valor e grava esse novo valor no inversor partida suave ou partida discreta apropriados

1 Conecte o microcomputador ao terminal PVc usando um cabo USB

2 Conecte o terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix usando o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02

3 Inicie o Internet Explorer 7 ou o Firefox 20

4 Na barra de endereccedilos de seu navegador digite o endereccedilo de IP 1692542542 (Esse eacute um endereccedilo de IP fixo utilizado pela porta USB)

5 Pressione Enter para conectar seu microcomputador ao terminal PVc

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02

Porta USB

Porta USB

Controlador MicroLogix

1761-CBL-PM02

22 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

6 Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo na caixa de diaacutelogo do painel do PVc e clique em Edit

7 Na caixa de diaacutelogo Edit clique na guia Communication

A caixa de diaacutelogo a seguir eacute exibida

8 Clique sobre Serial em Protocol e selecione DF1 na lista suspensa

9 Em PanelView Component Settings certifique-se de que o Station Address seja 2

Botatildeo Validate

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 23

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

10 Em Controller Settings

a Aceite o nome-padratildeo ldquoPLC-1rdquob Selecione MicroLogix no campo Controller Typec No campo Address insira 1

11 Clique em Validate

12 Clique em Salvar

13 Clique em Switch to PanelView Explorer Startup

14 Na janela Application Dashboard selecione a aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting Building Block

15 Clique em Run para executar a aplicaccedilatildeo

Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview

Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo do PVc estaacute sendo executada todos os inversores ou partidas habilitados satildeo exibidos na tela Starters Overview como ldquo140M Onrdquo ldquoRunningrdquo ou ldquoFaultrdquo Para facilitar a utilizaccedilatildeo desse programa pelo OEM o cabeccedilalho referente agrave partida permanece geneacuterico com referecircncia agrave habilidade de alterar partidas sem a necessidade de alterar a primeira paacutegina do PVc Para alterar os bototildees em si consulte o manual de usuaacuterio dos Terminais IHM do PanelView Component

bull ldquoM1rdquo eacute designado para o controlador SMC-3

bull ldquoM2rdquo eacute designado para a partida 103T

bull ldquoM3rdquo eacute designado para o inversor PF 4M

bull ldquoM4rdquo eacute designado para a partida 190E

24 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 18: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Capiacutetulo 1 Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples

2 Certifique-se de que a minisseletora 14 estaacute configurada como Normal (desligado)

Isso iraacute introduzir o contator de isolaccedilatildeo quando o SMC-3 tiver recebido o sinal de entrada A minisseletora 14 tambeacutem iraacute fechar o contato aux NA instalado lateralmente quando a partida atingir a velocidade O fechamento desse contato aux enviaraacute o sinal de volta ao controlador MicroLogix

3 Se mudar para um MCP ajuste as minisseletoras 11 e 12 para a classe de desarme de sobrecarga adequada

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

IMPORTANTE A partida 103T utiliza um MCP (Protetor de Circuito de Motor) 140M o qual utiliza uma sobrecarga separada E1 Plus que deve ser ajustada conforme as necessidades de seu sistema

A partida 190E a partida SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M tecircm de ter o mostrador de sobrecarga definido nos MPCB (Disjuntores de Proteccedilatildeo do Motor) 140M

18 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Capiacutetulo 2

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Introduccedilatildeo

Neste capiacutetulo vocecirc verifica se a comunicaccedilatildeo entre o controlador MicroLogix e as partidas discretas individuais e entre o controlador MicroLogix e o terminal PanelView Component (PVc) estaacute ocorrendo como planejado Para ligar e desligar utilizando o terminal PVc eacute necessaacuterio que a chave HOA externa esteja na posiccedilatildeo Auto No modo Manual o terminal PVc ainda pode ler o status das partidas e inversores mas natildeo possui capacidades ligadesliga

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se realizou todos os passos do Capiacutetulo 3 do documento

bull Verifique se concluiu todas as etapas do Capiacutetulo 1 deste documento

bull Verifique se todos os dispositivos estatildeo conectados conforme o esquema eleacutetrico em CAD de Controle de Motor Simples no Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Verifique se o controlador MicroLogix o inversor PowerFlex e o terminal PVc estatildeo sendo alimentados

19Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 19

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Microcomputador com navegador Internet Explorer 7 ou Firefox

bull Terminal PanelView Component

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidas

bull Inversor PowerFlex 4M

bull Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBR

bull Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TE

bull Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser pedidas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute pedir a partidas inteiras Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

bull Controlador MicroLogix 1100 ou 1400

bull Cabo serial coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1761-CBL-PM02

bull Cabo USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 2711C-CBL-UU02 ou similar

Siga estas etapas

Siga essas etapas para verificar se haacute comunicaccedilatildeo entre seus dispositivos e para testar o sistema

Iniacutecio

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador paacutegina 21

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador

MicroLogix paacutegina 22

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

paacutegina 25

20 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador

O ambiente tempo de projeto PanelView Explorer eacute acessado por meio de um navegador de web conectando seu computador ao terminal PVc por meio de uma conexatildeo USB Antes de conectar seu computador agrave porta USB do terminal PVc vocecirc deve instalar o driver do Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS em um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista Apoacutes instalar o driver vocecirc pode conectar o terminal PVc ao seu computador Para obter detalhes sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do driver consulte PanelView Component Terminal User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Conexotildees USB do Terminal PVc

Todos os terminais do PanelView Component suportam uma conexatildeo por porta USB e requerem um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista bem como o driver de Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS instalado O driver natildeo pode ser instalado em um computador com sistema operacional Windows 2000

1 Conecte uma das extremidades de um cabo USB agrave porta de dispositivo mini-USB em seu terminal PVc

2 Conecte a outra extremidade do cabo USB a uma porta USB em seu microcomputador

3 Energize o terminal PVc e o microcomputador

Janela de Partida do PanelView Explorer

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 21

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador MicroLogix

O terminal PanelView Component (PVc) com tela touchscreen monocromaacutetica de 3 polegadas comunica-se com o controlador MicroLogix pela rede DF1 A aplicaccedilatildeo PVc lecirc e grava na tabela de dados do controlador MicroLogix Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo PVc grava no controlador MicroLogix o programa do controlador detecta a alteraccedilatildeo de valor e grava esse novo valor no inversor partida suave ou partida discreta apropriados

1 Conecte o microcomputador ao terminal PVc usando um cabo USB

2 Conecte o terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix usando o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02

3 Inicie o Internet Explorer 7 ou o Firefox 20

4 Na barra de endereccedilos de seu navegador digite o endereccedilo de IP 1692542542 (Esse eacute um endereccedilo de IP fixo utilizado pela porta USB)

5 Pressione Enter para conectar seu microcomputador ao terminal PVc

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02

Porta USB

Porta USB

Controlador MicroLogix

1761-CBL-PM02

22 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

6 Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo na caixa de diaacutelogo do painel do PVc e clique em Edit

7 Na caixa de diaacutelogo Edit clique na guia Communication

A caixa de diaacutelogo a seguir eacute exibida

8 Clique sobre Serial em Protocol e selecione DF1 na lista suspensa

9 Em PanelView Component Settings certifique-se de que o Station Address seja 2

Botatildeo Validate

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 23

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

10 Em Controller Settings

a Aceite o nome-padratildeo ldquoPLC-1rdquob Selecione MicroLogix no campo Controller Typec No campo Address insira 1

11 Clique em Validate

12 Clique em Salvar

13 Clique em Switch to PanelView Explorer Startup

14 Na janela Application Dashboard selecione a aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting Building Block

15 Clique em Run para executar a aplicaccedilatildeo

Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview

Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo do PVc estaacute sendo executada todos os inversores ou partidas habilitados satildeo exibidos na tela Starters Overview como ldquo140M Onrdquo ldquoRunningrdquo ou ldquoFaultrdquo Para facilitar a utilizaccedilatildeo desse programa pelo OEM o cabeccedilalho referente agrave partida permanece geneacuterico com referecircncia agrave habilidade de alterar partidas sem a necessidade de alterar a primeira paacutegina do PVc Para alterar os bototildees em si consulte o manual de usuaacuterio dos Terminais IHM do PanelView Component

bull ldquoM1rdquo eacute designado para o controlador SMC-3

bull ldquoM2rdquo eacute designado para a partida 103T

bull ldquoM3rdquo eacute designado para o inversor PF 4M

bull ldquoM4rdquo eacute designado para a partida 190E

24 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 19: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Capiacutetulo 2

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Introduccedilatildeo

Neste capiacutetulo vocecirc verifica se a comunicaccedilatildeo entre o controlador MicroLogix e as partidas discretas individuais e entre o controlador MicroLogix e o terminal PanelView Component (PVc) estaacute ocorrendo como planejado Para ligar e desligar utilizando o terminal PVc eacute necessaacuterio que a chave HOA externa esteja na posiccedilatildeo Auto No modo Manual o terminal PVc ainda pode ler o status das partidas e inversores mas natildeo possui capacidades ligadesliga

Antes de comeccedilar

bull Releia todo o Guia Raacutepido Elementos fundamentais dos componentes conectados publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS001 e verifique se realizou todos os passos do Capiacutetulo 3 do documento

bull Verifique se concluiu todas as etapas do Capiacutetulo 1 deste documento

bull Verifique se todos os dispositivos estatildeo conectados conforme o esquema eleacutetrico em CAD de Controle de Motor Simples no Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Verifique se o controlador MicroLogix o inversor PowerFlex e o terminal PVc estatildeo sendo alimentados

19Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 19

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Microcomputador com navegador Internet Explorer 7 ou Firefox

bull Terminal PanelView Component

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidas

bull Inversor PowerFlex 4M

bull Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBR

bull Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TE

bull Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser pedidas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute pedir a partidas inteiras Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

bull Controlador MicroLogix 1100 ou 1400

bull Cabo serial coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1761-CBL-PM02

bull Cabo USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 2711C-CBL-UU02 ou similar

Siga estas etapas

Siga essas etapas para verificar se haacute comunicaccedilatildeo entre seus dispositivos e para testar o sistema

Iniacutecio

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador paacutegina 21

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador

MicroLogix paacutegina 22

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

paacutegina 25

20 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador

O ambiente tempo de projeto PanelView Explorer eacute acessado por meio de um navegador de web conectando seu computador ao terminal PVc por meio de uma conexatildeo USB Antes de conectar seu computador agrave porta USB do terminal PVc vocecirc deve instalar o driver do Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS em um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista Apoacutes instalar o driver vocecirc pode conectar o terminal PVc ao seu computador Para obter detalhes sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do driver consulte PanelView Component Terminal User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Conexotildees USB do Terminal PVc

Todos os terminais do PanelView Component suportam uma conexatildeo por porta USB e requerem um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista bem como o driver de Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS instalado O driver natildeo pode ser instalado em um computador com sistema operacional Windows 2000

1 Conecte uma das extremidades de um cabo USB agrave porta de dispositivo mini-USB em seu terminal PVc

2 Conecte a outra extremidade do cabo USB a uma porta USB em seu microcomputador

3 Energize o terminal PVc e o microcomputador

Janela de Partida do PanelView Explorer

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 21

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador MicroLogix

O terminal PanelView Component (PVc) com tela touchscreen monocromaacutetica de 3 polegadas comunica-se com o controlador MicroLogix pela rede DF1 A aplicaccedilatildeo PVc lecirc e grava na tabela de dados do controlador MicroLogix Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo PVc grava no controlador MicroLogix o programa do controlador detecta a alteraccedilatildeo de valor e grava esse novo valor no inversor partida suave ou partida discreta apropriados

1 Conecte o microcomputador ao terminal PVc usando um cabo USB

2 Conecte o terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix usando o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02

3 Inicie o Internet Explorer 7 ou o Firefox 20

4 Na barra de endereccedilos de seu navegador digite o endereccedilo de IP 1692542542 (Esse eacute um endereccedilo de IP fixo utilizado pela porta USB)

5 Pressione Enter para conectar seu microcomputador ao terminal PVc

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02

Porta USB

Porta USB

Controlador MicroLogix

1761-CBL-PM02

22 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

6 Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo na caixa de diaacutelogo do painel do PVc e clique em Edit

7 Na caixa de diaacutelogo Edit clique na guia Communication

A caixa de diaacutelogo a seguir eacute exibida

8 Clique sobre Serial em Protocol e selecione DF1 na lista suspensa

9 Em PanelView Component Settings certifique-se de que o Station Address seja 2

Botatildeo Validate

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 23

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

10 Em Controller Settings

a Aceite o nome-padratildeo ldquoPLC-1rdquob Selecione MicroLogix no campo Controller Typec No campo Address insira 1

11 Clique em Validate

12 Clique em Salvar

13 Clique em Switch to PanelView Explorer Startup

14 Na janela Application Dashboard selecione a aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting Building Block

15 Clique em Run para executar a aplicaccedilatildeo

Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview

Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo do PVc estaacute sendo executada todos os inversores ou partidas habilitados satildeo exibidos na tela Starters Overview como ldquo140M Onrdquo ldquoRunningrdquo ou ldquoFaultrdquo Para facilitar a utilizaccedilatildeo desse programa pelo OEM o cabeccedilalho referente agrave partida permanece geneacuterico com referecircncia agrave habilidade de alterar partidas sem a necessidade de alterar a primeira paacutegina do PVc Para alterar os bototildees em si consulte o manual de usuaacuterio dos Terminais IHM do PanelView Component

bull ldquoM1rdquo eacute designado para o controlador SMC-3

bull ldquoM2rdquo eacute designado para a partida 103T

bull ldquoM3rdquo eacute designado para o inversor PF 4M

bull ldquoM4rdquo eacute designado para a partida 190E

24 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD ltFEFF004700650062007200750069006b002000640065007a006500200069006e007300740065006c006c0069006e00670065006e0020006f006d0020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007400650020006d0061006b0065006e00200064006900650020006700650073006300680069006b00740020007a0069006a006e0020006f006d0020007a0061006b0065006c0069006a006b006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e00200062006500740072006f0075007700620061006100720020007700650065007200200074006500200067006500760065006e00200065006e0020006100660020007400650020006400720075006b006b0065006e002e0020004400650020005000440046002d0064006f00630075006d0065006e00740065006e0020006b0075006e006e0065006e00200077006f007200640065006e002000670065006f00700065006e00640020006d006500740020004100630072006f00620061007400200065006e002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006e00200068006f006700650072002egt ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 20: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

O que eacute necessaacuterio

bull Connected Component Building Blocks Overview CD publicaccedilatildeo CC-QR001

bull Microcomputador com navegador Internet Explorer 7 ou Firefox

bull Terminal PanelView Component

bull Um ou mais dos seguintes inversores ou partidas

bull Inversor PowerFlex 4M

bull Controlador Inteligente de Motores SMC-3 coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 150-C3NBR

bull Partida 103T coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 103T-AWDJ4-QB25S-E1C-KN-TE

bull Partida 190E coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 190E-ANEJ2-CB25S-KN-S10-TE

As partidas 103T e 190E podem ser pedidas em peccedilas mas a maneira mais faacutecil eacute pedir a partidas inteiras Seu coacutedigo de cataacutelogo pode variar dependendo do motor

bull Controlador MicroLogix 1100 ou 1400

bull Cabo serial coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 1761-CBL-PM02

bull Cabo USB coacutedigo de cataacutelogo 2711C-CBL-UU02 ou similar

Siga estas etapas

Siga essas etapas para verificar se haacute comunicaccedilatildeo entre seus dispositivos e para testar o sistema

Iniacutecio

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador paacutegina 21

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador

MicroLogix paacutegina 22

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

paacutegina 25

20 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador

O ambiente tempo de projeto PanelView Explorer eacute acessado por meio de um navegador de web conectando seu computador ao terminal PVc por meio de uma conexatildeo USB Antes de conectar seu computador agrave porta USB do terminal PVc vocecirc deve instalar o driver do Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS em um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista Apoacutes instalar o driver vocecirc pode conectar o terminal PVc ao seu computador Para obter detalhes sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do driver consulte PanelView Component Terminal User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Conexotildees USB do Terminal PVc

Todos os terminais do PanelView Component suportam uma conexatildeo por porta USB e requerem um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista bem como o driver de Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS instalado O driver natildeo pode ser instalado em um computador com sistema operacional Windows 2000

1 Conecte uma das extremidades de um cabo USB agrave porta de dispositivo mini-USB em seu terminal PVc

2 Conecte a outra extremidade do cabo USB a uma porta USB em seu microcomputador

3 Energize o terminal PVc e o microcomputador

Janela de Partida do PanelView Explorer

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 21

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador MicroLogix

O terminal PanelView Component (PVc) com tela touchscreen monocromaacutetica de 3 polegadas comunica-se com o controlador MicroLogix pela rede DF1 A aplicaccedilatildeo PVc lecirc e grava na tabela de dados do controlador MicroLogix Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo PVc grava no controlador MicroLogix o programa do controlador detecta a alteraccedilatildeo de valor e grava esse novo valor no inversor partida suave ou partida discreta apropriados

1 Conecte o microcomputador ao terminal PVc usando um cabo USB

2 Conecte o terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix usando o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02

3 Inicie o Internet Explorer 7 ou o Firefox 20

4 Na barra de endereccedilos de seu navegador digite o endereccedilo de IP 1692542542 (Esse eacute um endereccedilo de IP fixo utilizado pela porta USB)

5 Pressione Enter para conectar seu microcomputador ao terminal PVc

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02

Porta USB

Porta USB

Controlador MicroLogix

1761-CBL-PM02

22 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

6 Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo na caixa de diaacutelogo do painel do PVc e clique em Edit

7 Na caixa de diaacutelogo Edit clique na guia Communication

A caixa de diaacutelogo a seguir eacute exibida

8 Clique sobre Serial em Protocol e selecione DF1 na lista suspensa

9 Em PanelView Component Settings certifique-se de que o Station Address seja 2

Botatildeo Validate

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 23

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

10 Em Controller Settings

a Aceite o nome-padratildeo ldquoPLC-1rdquob Selecione MicroLogix no campo Controller Typec No campo Address insira 1

11 Clique em Validate

12 Clique em Salvar

13 Clique em Switch to PanelView Explorer Startup

14 Na janela Application Dashboard selecione a aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting Building Block

15 Clique em Run para executar a aplicaccedilatildeo

Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview

Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo do PVc estaacute sendo executada todos os inversores ou partidas habilitados satildeo exibidos na tela Starters Overview como ldquo140M Onrdquo ldquoRunningrdquo ou ldquoFaultrdquo Para facilitar a utilizaccedilatildeo desse programa pelo OEM o cabeccedilalho referente agrave partida permanece geneacuterico com referecircncia agrave habilidade de alterar partidas sem a necessidade de alterar a primeira paacutegina do PVc Para alterar os bototildees em si consulte o manual de usuaacuterio dos Terminais IHM do PanelView Component

bull ldquoM1rdquo eacute designado para o controlador SMC-3

bull ldquoM2rdquo eacute designado para a partida 103T

bull ldquoM3rdquo eacute designado para o inversor PF 4M

bull ldquoM4rdquo eacute designado para a partida 190E

24 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 21: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Conecte o Terminal PVc ao Microcomputador

O ambiente tempo de projeto PanelView Explorer eacute acessado por meio de um navegador de web conectando seu computador ao terminal PVc por meio de uma conexatildeo USB Antes de conectar seu computador agrave porta USB do terminal PVc vocecirc deve instalar o driver do Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS em um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista Apoacutes instalar o driver vocecirc pode conectar o terminal PVc ao seu computador Para obter detalhes sobre a instalaccedilatildeo do driver consulte PanelView Component Terminal User Manual publicaccedilatildeo 2711C-UM001

Conexotildees USB do Terminal PVc

Todos os terminais do PanelView Component suportam uma conexatildeo por porta USB e requerem um computador com sistema operacional Windows XP ou Vista bem como o driver de Dispositivo PanelView USB RNDIS instalado O driver natildeo pode ser instalado em um computador com sistema operacional Windows 2000

1 Conecte uma das extremidades de um cabo USB agrave porta de dispositivo mini-USB em seu terminal PVc

2 Conecte a outra extremidade do cabo USB a uma porta USB em seu microcomputador

3 Energize o terminal PVc e o microcomputador

Janela de Partida do PanelView Explorer

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02Porta USB

Porta USB

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 21

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador MicroLogix

O terminal PanelView Component (PVc) com tela touchscreen monocromaacutetica de 3 polegadas comunica-se com o controlador MicroLogix pela rede DF1 A aplicaccedilatildeo PVc lecirc e grava na tabela de dados do controlador MicroLogix Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo PVc grava no controlador MicroLogix o programa do controlador detecta a alteraccedilatildeo de valor e grava esse novo valor no inversor partida suave ou partida discreta apropriados

1 Conecte o microcomputador ao terminal PVc usando um cabo USB

2 Conecte o terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix usando o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02

3 Inicie o Internet Explorer 7 ou o Firefox 20

4 Na barra de endereccedilos de seu navegador digite o endereccedilo de IP 1692542542 (Esse eacute um endereccedilo de IP fixo utilizado pela porta USB)

5 Pressione Enter para conectar seu microcomputador ao terminal PVc

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02

Porta USB

Porta USB

Controlador MicroLogix

1761-CBL-PM02

22 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

6 Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo na caixa de diaacutelogo do painel do PVc e clique em Edit

7 Na caixa de diaacutelogo Edit clique na guia Communication

A caixa de diaacutelogo a seguir eacute exibida

8 Clique sobre Serial em Protocol e selecione DF1 na lista suspensa

9 Em PanelView Component Settings certifique-se de que o Station Address seja 2

Botatildeo Validate

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 23

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

10 Em Controller Settings

a Aceite o nome-padratildeo ldquoPLC-1rdquob Selecione MicroLogix no campo Controller Typec No campo Address insira 1

11 Clique em Validate

12 Clique em Salvar

13 Clique em Switch to PanelView Explorer Startup

14 Na janela Application Dashboard selecione a aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting Building Block

15 Clique em Run para executar a aplicaccedilatildeo

Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview

Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo do PVc estaacute sendo executada todos os inversores ou partidas habilitados satildeo exibidos na tela Starters Overview como ldquo140M Onrdquo ldquoRunningrdquo ou ldquoFaultrdquo Para facilitar a utilizaccedilatildeo desse programa pelo OEM o cabeccedilalho referente agrave partida permanece geneacuterico com referecircncia agrave habilidade de alterar partidas sem a necessidade de alterar a primeira paacutegina do PVc Para alterar os bototildees em si consulte o manual de usuaacuterio dos Terminais IHM do PanelView Component

bull ldquoM1rdquo eacute designado para o controlador SMC-3

bull ldquoM2rdquo eacute designado para a partida 103T

bull ldquoM3rdquo eacute designado para o inversor PF 4M

bull ldquoM4rdquo eacute designado para a partida 190E

24 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB ltFEFF005500740069006c0069007a006500200065007300740061007300200063006f006e00660069006700750072006100e700f5006500730020007000610072006100200063007200690061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200063006f006d00200075006d0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100e700e3006f0020006500200069006d0070007200650073007300e3006f00200061006400650071007500610064006100730020007000610072006100200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200063006f006d0065007200630069006100690073002e0020004f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200070006f00640065006d0020007300650072002000610062006500720074006f007300200063006f006d0020006f0020004100630072006f006200610074002c002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006500200070006f00730074006500720069006f0072002egt DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 22: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Configure o Terminal PVc para a Comunicaccedilatildeo com o Controlador MicroLogix

O terminal PanelView Component (PVc) com tela touchscreen monocromaacutetica de 3 polegadas comunica-se com o controlador MicroLogix pela rede DF1 A aplicaccedilatildeo PVc lecirc e grava na tabela de dados do controlador MicroLogix Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo PVc grava no controlador MicroLogix o programa do controlador detecta a alteraccedilatildeo de valor e grava esse novo valor no inversor partida suave ou partida discreta apropriados

1 Conecte o microcomputador ao terminal PVc usando um cabo USB

2 Conecte o terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix usando o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02

3 Inicie o Internet Explorer 7 ou o Firefox 20

4 Na barra de endereccedilos de seu navegador digite o endereccedilo de IP 1692542542 (Esse eacute um endereccedilo de IP fixo utilizado pela porta USB)

5 Pressione Enter para conectar seu microcomputador ao terminal PVc

Cabo USB 2711C-CBL-UU02

Porta USB

Porta USB

Controlador MicroLogix

1761-CBL-PM02

22 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

6 Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo na caixa de diaacutelogo do painel do PVc e clique em Edit

7 Na caixa de diaacutelogo Edit clique na guia Communication

A caixa de diaacutelogo a seguir eacute exibida

8 Clique sobre Serial em Protocol e selecione DF1 na lista suspensa

9 Em PanelView Component Settings certifique-se de que o Station Address seja 2

Botatildeo Validate

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 23

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

10 Em Controller Settings

a Aceite o nome-padratildeo ldquoPLC-1rdquob Selecione MicroLogix no campo Controller Typec No campo Address insira 1

11 Clique em Validate

12 Clique em Salvar

13 Clique em Switch to PanelView Explorer Startup

14 Na janela Application Dashboard selecione a aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting Building Block

15 Clique em Run para executar a aplicaccedilatildeo

Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview

Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo do PVc estaacute sendo executada todos os inversores ou partidas habilitados satildeo exibidos na tela Starters Overview como ldquo140M Onrdquo ldquoRunningrdquo ou ldquoFaultrdquo Para facilitar a utilizaccedilatildeo desse programa pelo OEM o cabeccedilalho referente agrave partida permanece geneacuterico com referecircncia agrave habilidade de alterar partidas sem a necessidade de alterar a primeira paacutegina do PVc Para alterar os bototildees em si consulte o manual de usuaacuterio dos Terminais IHM do PanelView Component

bull ldquoM1rdquo eacute designado para o controlador SMC-3

bull ldquoM2rdquo eacute designado para a partida 103T

bull ldquoM3rdquo eacute designado para o inversor PF 4M

bull ldquoM4rdquo eacute designado para a partida 190E

24 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA ltFEFF004f007000740069006f006e00730020007000650072006d0065007400740061006e007400200064006500200063007200e900650072002000640065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000700072006f00660065007300730069006f006e006e0065006c007300200066006900610062006c0065007300200070006f007500720020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c00690073006100740069006f006e0020006500740020006c00270069006d007000720065007300730069006f006e002e00200049006c002000650073007400200070006f0073007300690062006c0065002000640027006f00750076007200690072002000630065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000640061006e00730020004100630072006f0062006100740020006500740020005200650061006400650072002c002000760065007200730069006f006e002000200035002e00300020006f007500200075006c007400e9007200690065007500720065002egt PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 23: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

6 Selecione o nome da aplicaccedilatildeo na caixa de diaacutelogo do painel do PVc e clique em Edit

7 Na caixa de diaacutelogo Edit clique na guia Communication

A caixa de diaacutelogo a seguir eacute exibida

8 Clique sobre Serial em Protocol e selecione DF1 na lista suspensa

9 Em PanelView Component Settings certifique-se de que o Station Address seja 2

Botatildeo Validate

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 23

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

10 Em Controller Settings

a Aceite o nome-padratildeo ldquoPLC-1rdquob Selecione MicroLogix no campo Controller Typec No campo Address insira 1

11 Clique em Validate

12 Clique em Salvar

13 Clique em Switch to PanelView Explorer Startup

14 Na janela Application Dashboard selecione a aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting Building Block

15 Clique em Run para executar a aplicaccedilatildeo

Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview

Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo do PVc estaacute sendo executada todos os inversores ou partidas habilitados satildeo exibidos na tela Starters Overview como ldquo140M Onrdquo ldquoRunningrdquo ou ldquoFaultrdquo Para facilitar a utilizaccedilatildeo desse programa pelo OEM o cabeccedilalho referente agrave partida permanece geneacuterico com referecircncia agrave habilidade de alterar partidas sem a necessidade de alterar a primeira paacutegina do PVc Para alterar os bototildees em si consulte o manual de usuaacuterio dos Terminais IHM do PanelView Component

bull ldquoM1rdquo eacute designado para o controlador SMC-3

bull ldquoM2rdquo eacute designado para a partida 103T

bull ldquoM3rdquo eacute designado para o inversor PF 4M

bull ldquoM4rdquo eacute designado para a partida 190E

24 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA ltFEFF00550073006100720065002000710075006500730074006500200069006d0070006f007300740061007a0069006f006e00690020007000650072002000630072006500610072006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400690020005000440046002000610064006100740074006900200070006500720020006c00610020007300740061006d00700061002000650020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a007a0061007a0069006f006e006500200064006900200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006900200061007a00690065006e00640061006c0069002e0020004900200064006f00630075006d0065006e00740069002000500044004600200070006f00730073006f006e006f0020006500730073006500720065002000610070006500720074006900200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065002000760065007200730069006f006e006900200073007500630063006500730073006900760065002egt NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 24: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

10 Em Controller Settings

a Aceite o nome-padratildeo ldquoPLC-1rdquob Selecione MicroLogix no campo Controller Typec No campo Address insira 1

11 Clique em Validate

12 Clique em Salvar

13 Clique em Switch to PanelView Explorer Startup

14 Na janela Application Dashboard selecione a aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting Building Block

15 Clique em Run para executar a aplicaccedilatildeo

Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview

Quando a aplicaccedilatildeo do PVc estaacute sendo executada todos os inversores ou partidas habilitados satildeo exibidos na tela Starters Overview como ldquo140M Onrdquo ldquoRunningrdquo ou ldquoFaultrdquo Para facilitar a utilizaccedilatildeo desse programa pelo OEM o cabeccedilalho referente agrave partida permanece geneacuterico com referecircncia agrave habilidade de alterar partidas sem a necessidade de alterar a primeira paacutegina do PVc Para alterar os bototildees em si consulte o manual de usuaacuterio dos Terminais IHM do PanelView Component

bull ldquoM1rdquo eacute designado para o controlador SMC-3

bull ldquoM2rdquo eacute designado para a partida 103T

bull ldquoM3rdquo eacute designado para o inversor PF 4M

bull ldquoM4rdquo eacute designado para a partida 190E

24 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN ltFEFF004200720075006700200064006900730073006500200069006e0064007300740069006c006c0069006e006700650072002000740069006c0020006100740020006f0070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002c0020006400650072002000650072002000650067006e006500640065002000740069006c0020007000e5006c006900640065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500640073006b007200690076006e0069006e006700200061006600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50062006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00670020006e0079006500720065002egt NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 25: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

bull Stopped indica que a partida estaacute parada

bull 140M On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull Starting (natildeo exibido) indica que a partida ou inversor estatildeo sendo inicializados

bull Running indica que o motor estaacute em funcionamento baseado em realimentaccedilatildeo da partida ou do inversor

bull Fault indica uma sobrecarga curto circuito ou outra falha detectada pela partida

Tocando em Stopped 140M On Running Fault ou M vocecirc eacute vai para as telas das partidas individuais independente do status exibido

Teste a Funcionalidade da Aplicaccedilatildeo Simple Starting

Agora que o terminal PVc estaacute se comunicando com sucesso com o controlador MicroLogix vocecirc estaacute pronto para testar a funcionalidade Simple Starting

Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting

Toque qualquer um dos bototildees MTR ou M na tela Starters Overview para chegar a cada tela de partida individual como os bototildees relativos agraves telas das partidas SMC-3 e VFD

O no canto superior direito deixa a aplicaccedilatildeo e vai para a tela PVc Terminal Starters Overview

As telas 190E e 103T satildeo similares agrave tela referente ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo de falha na tela da partida

DICA Nesse ponto vocecirc pode optar por editar a tela Starters Overview e remover os bototildees e exibiccedilotildees de status associadas a partidas ou inversores inexistentes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 25

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA ltFEFF004f007000740069006f006e00730020007000650072006d0065007400740061006e007400200064006500200063007200e900650072002000640065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000700072006f00660065007300730069006f006e006e0065006c007300200066006900610062006c0065007300200070006f007500720020006c0061002000760069007300750061006c00690073006100740069006f006e0020006500740020006c00270069006d007000720065007300730069006f006e002e00200049006c002000650073007400200070006f0073007300690062006c0065002000640027006f00750076007200690072002000630065007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e007400730020005000440046002000640061006e00730020004100630072006f0062006100740020006500740020005200650061006400650072002c002000760065007200730069006f006e002000200035002e00300020006f007500200075006c007400e9007200690065007500720065002egt PTB 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 DAN ltFEFF004200720075006700200064006900730073006500200069006e0064007300740069006c006c0069006e006700650072002000740069006c0020006100740020006f0070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002c0020006400650072002000650072002000650067006e006500640065002000740069006c0020007000e5006c006900640065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500640073006b007200690076006e0069006e006700200061006600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50062006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00670020006e0079006500720065002egt NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 26: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

A tela SMC-3 exibe os seguintes estados

A coluna direita da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Start eacute um botatildeo de partida temporaacuterio que aparece quando a partida ou inversor estatildeo em Auto e o 140M estaacute Pronto Tocar esse botatildeo liga a partida ou inversor

bull Stop tambeacutem eacute um botatildeo temporaacuterio Tocar esse botatildeo para a partida ou inversor

Se o HOA (Hand Off Auto) natildeo estiver em Auto os bototildees Start e Stop natildeo iratildeo aparecer Eles tambeacutem natildeo iratildeo aparecer sem um sinal 3 Ph On Nesse elemento fundamental um sinal de ldquo1rdquo retornando ao CLP indica uma posiccedilatildeo Auto um sinal de ldquo0rdquo retornando indica uma posiccedilatildeo manual ou desligada Vocecirc tambeacutem pode adicionar um bloco de contato adicional ao HOA para a posiccedilatildeo manual e retroalimentar para o CLP para fornecer esse status

A coluna central da tela da partida SMC-3 indica o seguinte

bull 3 Ph On indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOnrdquo para a partida ou inversor especiacutefico

bull 3 Ph Off indica que a sobrecarga 140M estaacute na posiccedilatildeo ldquoOff rdquo

bull Stopped indica que o controlador SMC-3 estaacute parado

bull Starting indica que o motor estaacute sendo ligado

bull At Speed indica que o motor estaacute funcionando e alcanccedilou velocidade

bull Start Fail indica que a partida ou inversor receberam um sinal de partida mas natildeo ligaram no tempo definido no programa RSLogix

CausasCorreccedilotildees Ao obter uma indicaccedilatildeo de Start Fail verifique a partida o inversor e ou motor com relaccedilatildeo a questotildees de fiaccedilatildeo ou danos Aleacutem disso a indicaccedilatildeo Start Fail pode ocorrer em decorrecircncia de tempo insuficiente para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Consulte Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo abaixo

Procedimento de reinicializaccedilatildeo Para reset do Start Fail no terminal PVc ao utilizar o controlador SMC-3 ou as partidas 103T ou 190E vire o botatildeo frontal do 140M MPCB ou MCP para desligado e em seguida de volta para ligado para remover a indicaccedilatildeo Para remover essa indicaccedilatildeo no inversor pressione o botatildeo parada no terminal PVc terminal no modo Auto ou o botatildeo parada no modo Manual

Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo O temporizador eacute iniciado quando o sinal Start eacute enviado agrave partida ou inversor Ao final da temporizaccedilatildeo eacute feita uma comparaccedilatildeo para verificar se o motor realmente ligou A duraccedilatildeo de tempo para o Temporizador de Energizaccedilatildeo eacute totalmente ajustaacutevel no programa de loacutegica ladder no controlador Micrologix Para esse elemento fundamental os temporizadores estatildeo definidos em 35 segundos para o controlador SMC-3 e para o inversor PF 4M e 5 segundos para as partidas 103T e 190E Verifique a linha 3 ou 4 do programa padratildeo para o temporizador

26 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO ltFEFF004e00e4006900640065006e002000610073006500740075007300740065006e0020006100760075006c006c006100200076006f006900740020006c0075006f006400610020006a0061002000740075006c006f00730074006100610020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a006f006a0061002c0020006a006f006900640065006e0020006500730069006b0061007400730065006c00750020006e00e400790074007400e400e40020006c0075006f00740065007400740061007600610073007400690020006c006f00700070007500740075006c006f006b00730065006e002e0020005000440046002d0061007300690061006b00690072006a0061007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f006200610074002d0020006a0061002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020002d006f0068006a0065006c006d0061006c006c0061002000740061006900200075007500640065006d006d0061006c006c0061002000760065007200730069006f006c006c0061002egt ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 27: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

A coluna esquerda da tela da partida indica o seguinte

bull Fault indica que a partida detectou uma falha

Nem todas as partidas possuem essa capacidade

O controlador SMC-3 e o inversor PF 4M podem fornecer essa informaccedilatildeo Quando a indicaccedilatildeo de falha aparece no controlador SMC-3 ao tocar em Falha vocecirc vai para a tela de falhas listadas para o controlador

A tela VFD do inversor PF 4M sempre exibe o botatildeo Fault Se aparecer uma falha no inversor PF 4M o coacutedigo da mesma eacute exibido no inversor Vocecirc pode pressionar o botatildeo Fault no terminal PVc para ver a descriccedilatildeo da falha Vocecirc pode percorrer a lista de falhas da mesma forma que no controlador SMC-3

A indicaccedilatildeo de falha na tela das partidas 103T e 190E natildeo possui essa funcionalidade de tela de falha uma vez que essas partidas natildeo oferecem informaccedilotildees adicionais

bull OVLD indica que uma sobrecarga foi detectada pela partida

bull SC indica que um curto circuito foi detectado pela partida

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 27

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU ltFEFF00560065007200770065006e00640065006e0020005300690065002000640069006500730065002000450069006e007300740065006c006c0075006e00670065006e0020007a0075006d002000450072007300740065006c006c0065006e00200076006f006e0020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e002c00200075006d002000650069006e00650020007a0075007600650072006c00e40073007300690067006500200041006e007a006500690067006500200075006e00640020004100750073006700610062006500200076006f006e00200047006500730063006800e40066007400730064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e0020007a0075002000650072007a00690065006c0065006e002e00200044006900650020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650020006b00f6006e006e0065006e0020006d006900740020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0064006500720020006d00690074002000640065006d002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200075006e00640020006800f600680065007200200067006500f600660066006e00650074002000770065007200640065006e002egt FRA 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 PTB ltFEFF005500740069006c0069007a006500200065007300740061007300200063006f006e00660069006700750072006100e700f5006500730020007000610072006100200063007200690061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200063006f006d00200075006d0061002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100e700e3006f0020006500200069006d0070007200650073007300e3006f00200061006400650071007500610064006100730020007000610072006100200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200063006f006d0065007200630069006100690073002e0020004f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200070006f00640065006d0020007300650072002000610062006500720074006f007300200063006f006d0020006f0020004100630072006f006200610074002c002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006500200070006f00730074006500720069006f0072002egt DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 28: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

Compreendendo as Falhas

O botatildeo Fault estaacute sempre presente na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo eacute meramente um botatildeo IrPara e natildeo indica por si soacute uma condiccedilatildeo de falha com o inversor PF 4M Contudo o controlador SMC-3 envia um sinal de volta ao terminal PVc indicando uma falha com o controlador O botatildeo IrPara de falha eacute entatildeo exibido na tela do ldquoSMC-3rdquo no terminal PVc Ao pressionar o botatildeo Fault na tela de falha ldquoVFDrdquo ou na tela de falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo vocecirc vai para as telas de falha individuais nas quais eacute possiacutevel rolar para encontrar a falha indicada no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3 bem como a descriccedilatildeo correspondente

Tela de Falha ldquoVFDrdquo (para Inversor PF 4M)

Tela de Falha ldquoSMC-3rdquo

Em ambos os casos verifique o coacutedigo de falha no inversor PF 4M ou no controlador SMC-3

bull Para o inversor PF 4M vocecirc deve visualizar o coacutedigo de falha no inversor Pressione o botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo no terminal PVc para ver a listagem de falhas Localize a falha especiacutefica para o inversor Para obter uma melhor descriccedilatildeo da falha consulte o manual do usuaacuterio relativo ao inversor

bull O Controlador SMC-3 possuiraacute um LED piscante e vocecirc precisa contar o nuacutemero de piscadas Em seguida no terminal PVc role pela tela de listagem de falhas e identifique a falha utilizando o nuacutemero de piscadas para a identificaccedilatildeo

O botatildeo no canto direito inferior das listagens de falta leva vocecirc de volta agrave tela de partida do SMC-3 ou VFD

28 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP ltFEFF0055007300650020006500730074006100730020006f007000630069006f006e006500730020007000610072006100200063007200650061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000500044004600200071007500650020007000650072006d006900740061006e002000760069007300750061006c0069007a006100720020006500200069006d007000720069006d0069007200200063006f007200720065006300740061006d0065006e0074006500200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f007300200065006d00700072006500730061007200690061006c00650073002e0020004c006f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f00730020005000440046002000730065002000700075006500640065006e00200061006200720069007200200063006f006e0020004100630072006f00620061007400200079002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200079002000760065007200730069006f006e0065007300200070006f00730074006500720069006f007200650073002egt SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR ltFEFF004200720075006b00200064006900730073006500200069006e006e007300740069006c006c0069006e00670065006e0065002000740069006c002000e50020006f00700070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065007200200073006f006d002000700061007300730065007200200066006f00720020007000e5006c006900740065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500740073006b007200690066007400200061007600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50070006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f0067002000730065006e006500720065002egt SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 29: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo Capiacutetulo 2

Teste o Controlador SMC-3

Siga os procedimentos seguintes para testar o controlador SMC-3

1 Certifique-se de que o motor esteja desconectado da carga para facilitar o procedimento

2 Certifique-se de que o HOA externo esteja no modo Auto

3 Certifique-se de que o 140M esteja na posiccedilatildeo ON (I)

Isso habilita a alimentaccedilatildeo de 3 fases para a partida

4 Certifique-se de que natildeo haja estados de Fault OVLD ou SC Caso haja verifique a condiccedilatildeo de erro no terminal PVc A tela deveraacute estar da seguinte maneira

5 Certifique-se de que o indicador 3 Ph On esteja presente

6 Certifique-se de que os bototildees Start e Stop estejam presentes

7 Certifique-se de que o controlador SMC-3 possui a configuraccedilatildeo de minisseletora adequada para a sua aplicaccedilatildeo (por exemplo tempo de rampa limite de corrente ou partida suave)

8 Toque no botatildeo Start

9 Verifique o seguinte

bull O contator de isolaccedilatildeo encosta

bull O motor liga conforme o meacutetodo de partida selecionado para o controlador SMC-3

bull A indicaccedilatildeo Running aparece quando o motor alcanccedila velocidade

10 Toque o botatildeo Stop para parar o motor

11 Desconecte o cabo serial 1761-CBL-PM02 que vai do terminal PVc ao controlador MicroLogix

12 Verifique se essas mensagens de erro aparecem no terminal PVc Haveraacute diversos erros referentes a

bull Remote Device PLC-1 Is Not Responding

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_4_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_3_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_2_status_word Controller PLC-1

bull Data Access Error for Allas Starter_1_status_word Controller PLC-1

13 Pressione OK em todas as telas pop-up

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009 29

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR ltFEFF004200720075006b00200064006900730073006500200069006e006e007300740069006c006c0069006e00670065006e0065002000740069006c002000e50020006f00700070007200650074007400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065007200200073006f006d002000700061007300730065007200200066006f00720020007000e5006c006900740065006c006900670020007600690073006e0069006e00670020006f00670020007500740073006b007200690066007400200061007600200066006f0072007200650074006e0069006e006700730064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50070006e006500730020006d006500640020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f0067002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f0067002000730065006e006500720065002egt SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 30: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Capiacutetulo 2 Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo

14 Reinstale o cabo serial

15 Verifique se todas as telas estatildeo com aparecircncia normal

Se houver um erro nas telas verifique a conexatildeo do terminal PVc com o controlador MicroLogix

Testando outros Inversores e Partidas

Vocecirc pode utilizar o procedimento Teste o Controlador SMC-3 para o inversor PF 4M e para as partidas 190E e 103T uma vez que as telas do terminal PVc satildeo similares ao controlador SMC-3 com exceccedilatildeo do botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo O botatildeo Fault na tela ldquoVFDrdquo estaacute sempre presente A razatildeo para isso eacute que o inversor PF 4M possui somente uma saiacuteda de releacute tipo C Por isso a informaccedilatildeo que pode ser sinalizada do releacute eacute selecionaacutevel configurando o paracircmetro t221 Esse elemento fundamental utiliza a configuraccedilatildeo ldquoMotorRunningrdquo do paracircmetro t221 [Relay Out Select] para indicar que o motor estaacute recebendo energia do inversor

Recursos adicionais

Consulte a paacutegina 9 para uma listagem de recursos de produto e informaccedilatildeo

30 Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 31: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Publicaccedilatildeo CC-QS006A-PT-P ndash Janeiro 2009Copyright copy 2009 Rockwell Automation Inc Todos os direitos reservados Impresso nos EUA

Suporte da Rockwell Automation

A Rockwell Automation fornece informaccedilotildees teacutecnicas na Web para ajudaacute-lo a usar seus produtos Em httpsupportrockwellautomationcom vocecirc encontra manuais teacutecnicos uma base de conhecimento de FAQs notas teacutecnica e de aplicaccedilatildeo coacutedigo de amostra e links para service packs de software e um recurso de MySupport que vocecirc pode personalizar para aprimorar o uso dessas ferramentas

Para um niacutevel adicional de suporte teacutecnico por telefone para a instalaccedilatildeo configuraccedilatildeo e localizaccedilatildeo de falhas oferecemos os programas de suporte TechConnect Para obter mais informaccedilotildees entre em contato com seu distribuidor ou representante local da Rockwell Automation ou visite httpsupportrockwellautomationcom

Assistecircncia agrave Instalaccedilatildeo

Se vocecirc tiver algum problema com um moacutedulo de hardware nas primeiras 24 horas de instalaccedilatildeo revise as informaccedilotildees contidas neste manual Vocecirc tambeacutem pode entrar em contato com um nuacutemero especial de Suporte ao Cliente para obter ajuda inicial para colocar o seu moacutedulo em funcionamento

Devoluccedilatildeo de satisfaccedilatildeo de novos produtos

A Rockwell testa todos os seus produtos para garantir que estejam totalmente operacionais quando deixam o local de fabricaccedilatildeo Entretanto se o seu produto natildeo estiver funcionando pode ser necessaacuterio devolvecirc-lo

Estados Unidos 14406463434Segunda a sexta-feira 800 ndash 1700 Horaacuterio padratildeo na costa leste dos EUA

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com seu representante Rockwell Automation local para qualquer duacutevida de suporte teacutecnico

Estados Unidos Entre em contato com seu distribuidor Vocecirc deve fornecer ao seu distribuidor um nuacutemero de caso do Suporte ao Cliente (consulte o nuacutemero de telefone acima para obter um) para completar o processo de devoluccedilatildeo

Fora dos Estados Unidos

Entre em contato com o seu representante local da Rockwell Automation para saber qual o procedimento de devoluccedilatildeo

Capa de tras

  • CC-QS006A-PT-P Guia de Iniacutecio Raacutepido do Elemento Fundamental de Componentes Conectados de controle de Motor Simples
  • Onde comeccedilar
  • Sumaacuterio
  • Prefaacutecio
  • Capiacutetulo 1 - Integraccedilatildeo de Controle de Motor Simples
  • Capiacutetulo 2 - Validaccedilatildeo do Sistema e Dicas de Aplicaccedilatildeo
    • Navegando na Paacutegina Starters Overview
    • Navegando pela Tela Simple Starting
    • Compreendendo as Falhas
    • Teste o Controlador SMC-3
    • Testando outros Inversores e Partidas
      • Capa de tras
        • ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles false AutoRotatePages None Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Gray Gamma 22) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (Euroscale Uncoated v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket true DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 99 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo false PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo false PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo true PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Preserve UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile (None) AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 150 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Bicubic ColorImageResolution 150 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 150 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Bicubic GrayImageResolution 150 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 900 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Bicubic MonoImageResolution 900 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 100000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects true CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName (httpwwwcolororg) PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false SyntheticBoldness 1000000 Description ltlt JPN ltFEFF3053306e8a2d5b9a306f300130d330b830cd30b9658766f8306e8868793a304a3088307353705237306b90693057305f00200050004400460020658766f830924f5c62103059308b3068304d306b4f7f75283057307e305930023053306e8a2d5b9a30674f5c62103057305f00200050004400460020658766f8306f0020004100630072006f0062006100740020304a30883073002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee5964d30678868793a3067304d307e30593002gt DEU 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 FRA 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 PTB 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 DAN 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 NLD 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 ESP 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 SUO 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 ITA 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 NOR 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 SVE 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 ENU (Rockwell Job Options for Web-only PDF Files) gtgtgtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2540 2540] PageSize [792000 1224000]gtgt setpagedevice

          Intro

          ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

          Generic pub print specs

          ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
          ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

          IN RN pub type specs

          UM RM PM pub type specs

          AP PP pub type specs

          BR pub type specs

          Field definitions

          ampL04032006ampRampP
          PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
          EA = Each
          PK = Pack
          PD = Pad
          RL = Roll
          BK = Book
          CT = Carton
          BX = Box
          ST = Set
          Multiple Order Qty
          Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
          Business Group
          The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
          CorporateBusiness Development
          Finance
          Human Resources
          IT
          Logistics
          Manufacturing
          Marketing Commercial
          Marketing Europe
          Marketing Other
          Operations
          Order Services
          Other
          Process Improvement
          Procurement
          Quality
          Sales
          Max Order Quantity
          Presale items = 100
          Postsale items = 5
          NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
          Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
          Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
          Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
          BindingStitching
          For a Form (F) use
          CARBONLESS
          CUTSHEET
          ENVELOPE
          For a Book (B) use
          LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
          PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
          PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
          SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
          STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
          STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
          STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
          THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
          THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
          Sides Printed
          Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
          Simplex = Single-sided printing
          Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
          Number of Forms to a Sheet
          Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
          Number of Sheets Required to Print
          Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
          Paper Stock Type
          Description
          PLAIN Bond
          ACNTCVR Accent Cover
          BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
          BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
          C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
          C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
          C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
          C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
          CARD Card Stock
          CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
          CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
          COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
          CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
          CUSTOM Custom
          CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
          ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
          ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
          ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
          GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
          GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
          HOTSTEXT Hots Text
          INDEX Index
          LABEL80 80 Up Label
          MICROPRT Micro Print
          OFFSET Offset
          PART2 2 Part
          PART3 3 Part
          PART4 4 Part
          PART5 5 Part
          PART6 6 Part
          PERF 12 inch Perfed
          PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
          PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
          PREPERF Pre-Perforated
          RECYL Recycled
          SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
          SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
          SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
          TAG Tag
          TEXT Text
          TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
          TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
          TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
          TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
          VELLUM Vellum
          VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
          WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
          WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
          WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
          Paper Stock Color
          Black
          Blue
          Buff
          Canary
          Cherry
          Clear
          Cream
          Custom
          Goldrenrod
          Gray
          Green
          Ivory
          Lavender
          Manilla
          NCRPinkCanary
          NCRWhiteBlue
          NCRWhiteBlueCanary
          NCRWhiteCanary
          NCRWhiteCanaryPink
          NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
          NCRWhiteGreen
          NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
          NCRWhitePink
          NCRWhiteWhite
          Opaque
          Orange
          Orchid
          Peach
          Pink
          Purple
          Salmon
          Tan
          Violet
          White
          Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
          11 x 17
          18 x 24 Poster
          24 x 36 Poster
          3 x 5
          36 x 24 Poster
          4 x 6
          475 x 7
          475 x 775
          55 x 85
          6 x 4
          7 x 9
          7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
          85 x 11
          825 x 10875
          825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
          8375 x 10875
          9 x 12
          A4
          A5
          Other - Custom size listed below
          Drilling Locations
          1CENTER
          1LEFTTOP
          1TOPCENTER
          2LEFT
          2LEFT2TOP
          2TOP
          2TOP2LEFT
          2TOP3LEFT
          2TOP5LEFT
          2TOP5RIGHT
          3BOTTOM
          3LEFT
          3LEFT2TOP
          3LEFT3TOP
          3RIGHT
          3TOP
          3TOP5LEFT
          5BOTTOOM
          5CENTER
          5LEFT
          5RIGHT
          5RIGHT2TOP
          5TOP
          Fold Type
          For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
          HALF Half
          C C Fold
          DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
          OFFSETZ Offset Z
          SAMPLE See Sample
          SHORT Short Fold
          V V Fold
          Z Z Fold
          Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
          Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
          77 or more pages NA
          33 to 76 pages 25
          3 to 32 pages 50
          1 or 2 pages 100
          Comments
          CoverText Stock Spine
          100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
          100 Gloss Text
          100 Text
          10pt C1S Cover
          10pt C2S Cover
          10pt C2S Text
          10pt Text Stock
          110 White Index
          12pt C1S Cover
          20 White Opaque Bond
          50 Colored Offset
          50 White Offset
          50 White Opaque
          60 Cover Stock
          60 White Offset
          80 Gloss Cover
          80 Gloss Text
          8pt C1S White
          90 White Index
          CoverText Ink
          Black
          Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color
          4 color over black
          4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
          4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
          4 color + aqueous
          4 color + varnish
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
          Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
          Corp 17501
          Bill To 69
          dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
          Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
          Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
          See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
          Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
          This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
          Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
          Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
          IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
          Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
          Attach Print Specs to PDF
          For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
          RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 32: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Intro

ampLRA-QR005B-EN-E 308

Generic pub print specs

ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

IN RN pub type specs

UM RM PM pub type specs

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
Fold Type
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages NA
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
Corp 17501
Bill To 69
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
Details of the Rockwell Automation Print Specifications sheet
This print specifications sheet is designed with multiple purposes- It is a vehicle to get the most accurate print specifications to RA-approved print vendors- It provides authors with an explanation of all necessary fields to complete before attaching the sheet to your PDF- It provides separate tabs so that an author can fill in all fields related to the publication on the Generic tab or publication-specific template-type tabs to minimize the number of fields an author must completeTo facilitate the most efficient use of this sheet we recommend that you click on the publication-specific tab that most closely fits you publication and use that to complete the print specificationsIMPORTANT Because this sheet was constructed using a sheet that RR Donnelley (RRD) uses to load print specifications there are some columns hidden For example the first field you must complete is Column E or Publication Number Columns A to D are used for RRD purposes and with information only representatives of that RA-approved printer can completeDO NOT delete any hidden columns from the tab you choose to use
Definitions of Each Tab in Sheet
Generic pub print specs Single sheet with all required columns for necessary specifications None of the columns are completed All must be completed before attaching the sheet to your PDFThis tab has 39 blank fields you must complete via free text type or pull-down menus
IN RN pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to installation instructions (IN) and release notes (RN) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to INs and RNsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
UM RM PM pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to user manuals (UM) reference manuals (RM) and programming manuals (PM) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to UMs RMs and PMsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
AP PP pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to application solutions (AP) and product profiles (PP) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to APs and PPsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
BR pub type specs Templates with many fields already completed according to typical default settings Use this tab with publications similar to brochures (BR) However you can use this sheet for other publications that are similar to BRsThis sheet has several fields already completed with default values which you can change You must complete the additional fields
Field definitions Description of information fields used throughout the spreadsheet tabs that may not be immediately obvious to a user
Attach Print Specs to PDF
For Acrobat 80 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on DocumentgtAttach A File A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 70 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Click on the Attachments tab next to the publications bookmarks A new section appears at the bottom of the PDF3 Click on the Add button in the bottom section of the PDF4 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFFor Acrobat 60 follow these steps1 Open the PDF2 Go to the backcover of the PDF3 Click on the Tools pull-down menu4 Click on this sequence of menu options - Advanced Commenting Attach Attach File Tool A paper clip appears5 Click to put the paper clip somewhere on the backcover The browse window appears6 Browse to the MS Excel file with the print specs and add it to the PDFIMPORTANT If you are using Acrobat 50 or earlier please upgrade
RA-QR005B-EN-E 308
Page 33: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Generic pub print specs

ampCItem Setup Sheet for Conversion Transfers
ampLJIT-D-print SpreadsheetampCREF046ampRampD ampT

IN RN pub type specs

UM RM PM pub type specs

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
Fold Type
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages NA
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
Corp 17501
Bill To 69
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information
Page 34: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

IN RN pub type specs

UM RM PM pub type specs

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
Fold Type
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages NA
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 50 RRD must provide this information Text Stock = 20 White Opaque BondText Ink = Black
Page 35: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

UM RM PM pub type specs

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
Fold Type
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages NA
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
CC-QS006A-EN-P Simple Motor Control Connected Components Building Block Quick Start EA 1 1 Marketing Commercial 19041 01012009 100 Black amp White B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information 2 32 8 PLAIN 20 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 85 11 SIDE 516 3LEFT NA NA NA NA 25 RRD must provide this information Cover Stock = 90 White IndexText Stock = 20 White Opaque BondCover Ink = BlackText Ink = Black
Send one copy as a proof to Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53204 Att Pete Grzechowiak
Page 36: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

AP PP pub type specs

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
Fold Type
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages NA
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Item Description Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B NA PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information GLOSS TEXT 80 White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 RRD must provide this information
Page 37: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

BR pub type specs

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
Fold Type
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages NA
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish
dPrint ContentComp Split Shipment Indicator Flag WCSS Item Number Customer Item Number Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Producing Plant Job Number Replenishing Plant Plant Code Product Code PackagingOrdering UOM Qty per PackagingOrdering UOM List Price Per Ea Transfer Cost per Ea Sell Price per Ea Standard Cost (per Ea) Min Order Qty (in eaches) Multiple Order Qty (in Eaches Chargeback Price Item Reference 1 Item Reference 2 Revision Field Max Order Qty (in eaches) Sequentially Numbered Item Sequentially Numbered Item - Details Priced for Digital or Offset Content File Location Item Category Form (F) Book (B) Item Subtype Orientation Sides Printed CSSJLS Stock Componet Paper Size Width Paper Size Length No of Forms to a Sheet Page Qty Sheets Qty CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size of Tabs Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency (clearview or matt) Thermal Tape Color Trim Size Width Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drilling Size Drilling Location Glue Location Pad Fold Type Fold At Poly Box Comments Cross Reference Item Number 1
Publication Number Publication Title PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure Qty per PackagingOrdering Unit of Measure Min Order Qty Multiple Order Qty Business Group Cost Center Revision Date Max Order Qty Black amp Whiteor Color Item CategoryForm (F) or Book (B) BindingStitching Orientation Sides Printed Printing Paper Size Width Printing Paper Size Length Number of Forms to a Sheet Page Count of Publication Number of Sheets Required to Print CSSJLS Production Stock Paper Stock Type Paper Stock Weight Paper Stock Color Stack Offset Tab Size Number of Tabs Needed Binder Size Binder Color Binder Ring Type Binder Transparency Thermal Tape Color Finished Trim Size Width Finished Trim Size Length Stitching Location Drill Hole Size Number and Location of Drill Holes Glue Location Number of Pages per Pad Fold Type Fold At Number of Pieces per Poly wrap Number of Pieces per Box Comments Part Number
Are these items being setup on dPrint (Yes or No) If yes Inv Mgmt to check Print Management flag on item setup The contentComp will be provided by the CSC once the spec files are loaded to the DAS (the files must be named with the WCSS item ) The contentcomp must be hardcoded to the Item message Field in WCSS Must be a 10 Digit number that starts with an 8 Required Setting this to yes will allow warehouse product to ship out before the JIT item is completed Setting this to no will hold all warehoused items until the printing of this item is complete Please indicate Y or N Note Each item with a Y will always ship separately even if produced at the same time as like items Optional 15 Characters Max If the WCSS number provided already exists in the system then Inventory Management will assign a random WCSS number 30 characters maximum Cannot use quote symbol that is---- Required Which plantPrint Center will produce this item Required To be provided from the producing plant for JIT su Required What is the plant code of the plant that has owning rights to the dPrint files If produced at multiple plants there can be only one owning plant Required What is the plant code of the facility that will produce this item (see Plant and Whse Codes tab below) Required Enter one of the applicable product Method of packaging for publication shipmentClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Required This field auto-calculates (transfer cost divided by 5) Used to determine Standard Cost on WCSS (which is 50 of the list price for these product codes) Required Transfer Cost per orderingpackaging unit of measure Required Price that will be billed to customer upon order If Price Breaks enter Price Breaks and note them on separate spreadsheet Required Replacement Cost per Packagingordering UOM Click here for an explanation of this field otherwise type NA Optional Used to assist customer with internal Chargebacks to end users (per packagingordering UOM) IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan record IMPORTANT This information must match the DocMan recordDate on the publication Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Indicate Yes or No Enter Yes if the item is a sequentially numbered item Describe the details behind the sequentially numbered item such as- Record Sequence Shipped whse will record the sequence numbers that shipped- Ship in Sequence Record required to ship products in particular sequence and the whse records the numbers Required If PDF is to be retained in the DAS enter DAS in this field if item is part of eCreate or Custom Docs put CUSTOM in this field Typically a BookClick here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Optional Use when finished product stored in the warehouse is to be inserted into the construction of a JIT book IMPORTANT Not Trim Size widthThis is the width of the paper on which the publication is printed IMPORTANT Not Trim Size lengthThis is the length of the paper on which the publication is printed Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required Optional Use when product is being printed on Shell Stock Provide warehoused WCSS Item number of product to be used in the production of JIT item Click here for explanation of how to determine the information required The pull-down menu lists the most common choicesClick here for a full list of the available choicesIf you use a choice not in the pull-down list type the value in the cell below the pull-down menu If item uses tabs otherwise NA If needed otherwise type NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If item used in a binder otherwise NA If publication is thermal tape bound otherwise NA Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length Click here to see the available finished trim sizesThe sizes are listed - width x length If publication is Book [B] and stapled otherwise NA Click here for a list of possible drill locations If publication uses padding otherwise NA If publication is a notepad or message pad otherwise NA Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Folding of final document optional The location(s) of the fold Click here for explanation of each value in the pull-down menu Use this column to list- Cover Stock- Text Stock- Cover Ink- Text Ink- Spine if necessaryAlso use to indicate any other production or finishing requirements not provided in previous columnsClick here for an explanation of the available Cover Stock Cover Ink and Text Ink values List only if pubication is used in manufacturing otherwise leave blank
PK 1 See DocMan for the Cost Center selections associated with each Business Group Color B SADDLE PORTRAIT HEAD2HEAD RRD must provide this information RRD must provide this information White RRD must provide this information NA NA NA NA NA NA 825 11 SIDE NA NA NA NA HALF 85 x 11 50 RRD must provide this information
Page 38: Guia de Início Rápido do Elemento Fundamental de ... · de Controle de Motor Simples ... lidos na ordem apresentada, mas esta seção define a preparação mínima necessária antes

Field definitions

ampL04032006ampRampP
PackagingOrdering Unit Of Measure
EA = Each
PK = Pack
PD = Pad
RL = Roll
BK = Book
CT = Carton
BX = Box
ST = Set
Multiple Order Qty
Separate methods of ordering same item For example if an item is packaged 50 per pad 5 pads per carton You can set the order qty as 50 each (one pad) or 250 each (1 ctn)
Business Group
The business group that the publication supports Your choice here determines the list you choose from for Cost Center
CorporateBusiness Development
Finance
Human Resources
IT
Logistics
Manufacturing
Marketing Commercial
Marketing Europe
Marketing Other
Operations
Order Services
Other
Process Improvement
Procurement
Quality
Sales
Max Order Quantity
Presale items = 100
Postsale items = 5
NOTE You can use other quantities but the delivery may take a bit longer because a system admin must approve it
Item Category - Form (F) or Book (B)
Form (F) = Any publication that is a single sheet (ie 1 or 2 pages) an envelope or carbonless form
Book (B) = Any publication that contains 3 or more pages
BindingStitching
For a Form (F) use
CARBONLESS
CUTSHEET
ENVELOPE
For a Book (B) use
LOOSE LOOSE -Loose Leaf
PERFECT PERFECT - Perfect Bound
PLASTCOIL PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil
SADDLE SADDLE - Saddle Stitch
STAPLED1 STAPLED1 -1 position
STAPLED1B STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position
STAPLED2 STAPLED2 - 2 positions
THERMAL THERMAL - Thermal bound
THERMALO THERMALO - Thermal Bound - offline
Sides Printed
Head2Head = Most common Double-sided printing with headers on both pages lining up at the top of the page
Simplex = Single-sided printing
Head2Toe = Least common Double-sided printing with header on one page lining up with the footer on the other page
Number of Forms to a Sheet
Number of publication pages printed on a sheet of paper at the printerFor example if a 4-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 11 x 17 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of Forms to a Sheet = 4Example 2 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of an 85 x 11 sheet of paper that is folded in half the Number of forms to a Sheet = 4
Number of Sheets Required to Print
Number of sheets of paper required to print the publicationFor example if a 16-page 85 x 11 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 11 x 17 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4Example 4 If a 4-page 55 x 85 publication is printed on the front and back sides of four 85 x 11 sheets of paper that are folded in half and saddle stitched together the Number of Sheets Required to Print = 4
Paper Stock Type
Description
PLAIN Bond
ACNTCVR Accent Cover
BOND3H Bond (3-hole)
BOOKENV Booklet Envelope
C1SGLOSS C1S Gloss Finish
C1SMATTE C1S Matt Finish
C2SGLOSS C2S Gloss Finish
C2SMATTE C2S Matt Finish
CARD Card Stock
CATLGENV Catalog Envelope
CATLGENV6 6 Catalog Envelope
COVERCOLOR Color Cover Copy
CRCKPEEL Crack N Peel Label
CUSTOM Custom
CVRFUTURA Futura Cover
ENV6x9 Standard 6X9 Envelope
ENV9X12 Standard 9X12 Envelope
ETHCERT Ethicon Certificate
GLOSSCOVER Gloss Cover
GLOSSTEXT Gloss Text
HOTSTEXT Hots Text
INDEX Index
LABEL80 80 Up Label
MICROPRT Micro Print
OFFSET Offset
PART2 2 Part
PART3 3 Part
PART4 4 Part
PART5 5 Part
PART6 6 Part
PERF 12 inch Perfed
PERMMAT Perm Mat Ad
PRECUTTAB Pre-Cut Tab
PREPERF Pre-Perforated
RECYL Recycled
SE10ENV 10 Standard Envelope
SE10ITENV 10 Inside Tint Envelope
SE9ENV 9 Stanard Envelope
TAG Tag
TEXT Text
TEXTCOLOR Text Color Copy
TEXTFUTURA Futura Text
TEXTLASER Text Laser Print
TRANSPRNCY Transparencies
VELLUM Vellum
VELLUM3HP Vellum 3HP
WE10ENV 10 Window Envelope
WE9ENV 9 Windor Envelope
WE9ITENV 9 Inside Tint Window Envelope
Paper Stock Color
Black
Blue
Buff
Canary
Cherry
Clear
Cream
Custom
Goldrenrod
Gray
Green
Ivory
Lavender
Manilla
NCRPinkCanary
NCRWhiteBlue
NCRWhiteBlueCanary
NCRWhiteCanary
NCRWhiteCanaryPink
NCRWhiteCanaryPinkGoldenrod
NCRWhiteGreen
NCRWhiteGoldenrodYellow
NCRWhitePink
NCRWhiteWhite
Opaque
Orange
Orchid
Peach
Pink
Purple
Salmon
Tan
Violet
White
Finished Trim Sizes (listed - width x length)
11 x 17
18 x 24 Poster
24 x 36 Poster
3 x 5
36 x 24 Poster
4 x 6
475 x 7
475 x 775
55 x 85
6 x 4
7 x 9
7385 x 9 (RSI Std)
85 x 11
825 x 10875
825 x 11 (RA product profile std)
8375 x 10875
9 x 12
A4
A5
Other - Custom size listed below
Drilling Locations
1CENTER
1LEFTTOP
1TOPCENTER
2LEFT
2LEFT2TOP
2TOP
2TOP2LEFT
2TOP3LEFT
2TOP5LEFT
2TOP5RIGHT
3BOTTOM
3LEFT
3LEFT2TOP
3LEFT3TOP
3RIGHT
3TOP
3TOP5LEFT
5BOTTOOM
5CENTER
5LEFT
5RIGHT
5RIGHT2TOP
5TOP
Fold Type
For TRI fold - select Z or C type Description
HALF Half
C C Fold
DBLEPARLL Double Parallel
OFFSETZ Offset Z
SAMPLE See Sample
SHORT Short Fold
V V Fold
Z Z Fold
Number of Pieces per Poly Wrap
Publication length Number per Poly Wrap
77 or more pages NA
33 to 76 pages 25
3 to 32 pages 50
1 or 2 pages 100
Comments
CoverText Stock Spine
100 Gloss Cover If your publication uses a spine make note of that in the comments field Be sure to include the spine as the last page of your PDF Also do not include that page as part of the publication page count
100 Gloss Text
100 Text
10pt C1S Cover
10pt C2S Cover
10pt C2S Text
10pt Text Stock
110 White Index
12pt C1S Cover
20 White Opaque Bond
50 Colored Offset
50 White Offset
50 White Opaque
60 Cover Stock
60 White Offset
80 Gloss Cover
80 Gloss Text
8pt C1S White
90 White Index
CoverText Ink
Black
Black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
Black + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color
4 color over black
4 color + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color over black + 1 PMS color Type in PMS color
4 color + 2 PMS colors Type in PMS colors
4 color + aqueous
4 color + varnish